Fantasy 1939: Ursula Moray Williams, Adventures of Puffin

Dustjacket of first edition, showing the Little Wo jumping from the pilot’s plane with Puffin in pursuit. Illustration by Mary Shillabeer.

Moray Williams’s most celebrated books, Adventures of the Little Wooden Horse (1938) and Gobbolino the Witch’s Cat (1942), take place in an imaginary location corresponding to somewhere in Northern Europe, an alternative Switzerland full of forests, mountains, woodcutters and itinerant toymakers who carve playthings lovingly from the wood of the trees that surround them. The Little Wooden Horse’s there-and-back-again journey takes him through industrial landscapes as well as rural ones, canal barges, cargo ships and coalmines as well as palaces and bourgeois houses, but it is coded as being set in the recent past; there are no trains or aeroplanes in it, and the toymaker who makes the Little Wooden Horse seems startled by the challenge posed to his trade by the mass-produced metal toys which were pretty well ubiquitous by 1938, when the book was first published. Gobbolino’s quest for a permanent home occupies a fairy tale panorama populated by witches, hobgoblins, knights and dragons, as well as more everyday beings: orphans, mayors, pedlars and farmers. The little cat’s quest for an ‘ordinary’ human family to take him in is represented as particularly difficult in a world with so many magical events and beings in it, where everyone thinks they know what to expect from a witch’s cat, and everyone assumes that Gobbolino is one of them – the prejudice is even consolidated in the book’s title (Gobbolino is never really a witch’s cat because he hasn’t got the looks or talent).

Adventures of Puffin, by contrast, takes place in contemporary Britain, beginning in the West Country of England – perhaps on Lundy Island, which is famous for puffins[1] – and taking in New York and London as well as the largest ship in the world, the recently-completed Queen Mary (launched in 1936), and the Coronation Scot express train (which ran for the first time in 1937). There are some terrifying mermaids, but the bulk of Puffin’s adventures have him confronting real-world perils. It’s as if the year of crisis 1939 found Moray Williams unable to tear her imagination away from the here and now; and the book’s double subject – marginalisation and helping outcasts and the homeless – could hardly have been more current. It’s a book about being lost, befriended, betrayed, and in a hurry. Those themes would have resonated with many of its readers, sometimes painfully so, and perhaps that’s why it never quite achieved the popularity of The Little Wooden Horse and Gobbolino.[2]

Puffin performing his signature song. Illustration by Mary Shillabeer.

The most striking feature of the book is its concentration on time, above all on being out of time. Its central character, a puffin called Puffin, finds himself at odds with mating season in his puffinry when he fails to find a mate – the only puffin not to have done so. He then comes across an egg, which fails to hatch when the other eggs do; Puffin’s meticulous care of the egg prevents him from following his fellow puffins when they return to their life at sea after the nesting season is over. He refuses to believe that the egg is no longer viable – that it has remained unhatched for far too long, and must therefore be lifeless – until he meets a lost toy called the Little Wo, and realises that he can no longer put off the time when he must help the toy find its owner. The quest for the Little Wo’s owner involves numerous occasions when the toy and his friend Puffin are trapped in some form of prison, prevented for extended periods from pursuing their journey – first in a mermaid’s cave, then in a coastguard’s cottage, where the Little Wo is tied to a baby’s wrist and Puffin is incarcerated in a bird cage. By the time they reach the location where the Little Wo was lost – a seaside town – it is out of season, and the family who lost him has long gone. The pair catch a train in the hope that it will take them to the family’s home in London, but fail to consult the timetable to ascertain its direction of travel, and find themselves trapped again in the cargo hold of a ship which is taking the train to America. Once in the United States they are imprisoned once more, this time in a capitalist contract whereby Puffin must sing his signature song and the Little Wo must perform magic tricks for an indefinite period – possibly for ever – without hope of release. Their eventual escape takes them back to the coastguard and his family, and eventually to London, where they narrowly escape being imprisoned for a fourth and final time in London Zoo. Each imprisonment in the book delays the pair’s journey for weeks or months, so that when the Little Wo finally finds his owner, Puffin returns to the puffinry to find that the nesting season is over again, and that he has again failed to choose a mate or fertilise an egg. The sheer consistency with which this theme is developed in the narrative confirms, I think, the extraordinary craftsmanship Moray Williams brings to her books for children, as noted in my post on The Little Wooden Horse. But it also confirms the extent to which this novel in particular represents a direct response to the year of peril, 1939, in which it was written.

The most striking sign that the book is a work of its time is its use of a highly topical incident as one of its central plot devices. Puffin and Little Wo conceal themselves in a train, as I said before, but it’s not just any train; it’s the ‘very paragon of trains’, which the Little Wo chooses in preference to the ordinary train that would (presumably) have taken them to London, their intended destination (p. 137). ‘Look at that one!’ the toy cries when he catches sight of it at the station. ‘Did you ever in all your life see such a glorious, such a magnificent train as the one that is standing over there?’ Puffin has not – in fact, Puffin has never even seen a train before – and so he agrees to board the vehicle in question, little knowing that it is the Coronation Scot, which is about to be taken to New York for display at the New York World Fair. The actual Coronation Scot was loaded on board the SS Belpamela at Southampton on 23 January 1939, and was described in a contemporary newsreel as ‘the pride of Britain’s railways, fast and silent and up-to-date’, sent to the United States to ‘show them what we can do in the way of modern transport’. The vehicle represents modernity itself, with the speed, efficiency and sleek art deco aesthetics that embodied the concept at the end of the decade. In the book, however, the train is out of time, for all its modernity. It is travelling not on its usual route between London and Glasgow but across the sea to an exhibition in the most famous of American cities – a departure from its timetable that directly interferes with the plans and hopes of Puffin and the Little Wo. In fact, the real Coronation Scot went on to embody the rupture of time that takes place on the outbreak of war, since hostilities between Britain and Germany meant that it could not be brought back to Britain until 1943. In the meantime, it served as an ‘Ambassador of British railways and as an example of British craftsmanship and technical achievement’ when it was shown for a second time at the New York World Fair of 1940. By that time part of its duties would be to remind neutral America of the ‘ties and contacts […] which have so long bound us in mutual interest’, as Lord Stamp of Shortlands put it in a contemporary pamphlet. Presumably Lord Stamp hoped it might also help to persuade the United States to throw in its lot with the train’s engineers and country, abandoning neutrality and recognising the need to be ‘belligerent’ against the Nazi menace. Adventures of Puffin may have had a similar ambassadorial purpose, since Adventures of the Little Wooden Horse saw equal success in Britain and America, a feat which Puffin’s publishers no doubt hoped to replicate with its adventurous successor.[3]

The Duchess of Hamilton locomotive, part of the Coronation Scot service sent to New York for the 1939 exhibition.

War is never mentioned in Moray Williams’s book, but its presence is everywhere if you look for it. The lost toy called the Little Wo, in particular, could be said to represent the innocent victims of war, people about whom Moray Williams would have known a great deal thanks to her father’s work as County Director for the Red Cross in Hampshire. Three years before the book was published, farmland at Moray Williams’s Hampshire home – a dilapidated mansion called North Stoneham – was chosen as the site for a camp for Basque refugee children from the Spanish Civil War;[4] in other words, war in Europe swept up on the shore of Ursula’s childhood home at the very moment when her marriage to a pilot took her away from Stoneham to a suburban flat in Hampton, exiling her from the countryside she loved. Ursula’s brother Alan, a communist, was inspired by the plight of the Basque refugees to write a pamphlet calling for insurrection which got him rusticated from the University of Cambridge. Like the refugees the Little Wo is a forced migrant, swept away from his child owner and banished from his home by the sea of circumstance. His strangely curtailed name seems to indicate the broken threads that tied him to the past; we’re told specifically at one point that ‘Wo’ is not a version of ‘Woe’ (p. 133), and readers of Moray Williams’s famous book of 1938 might well have noted its broken allusion to the book’s protagonist, the Little Wooden Horse. The Little Wo, however, doesn’t have a fixed species. While the illustrations by Mary Shillabeer suggest he is a dog, the book never names him as such, and from his first emergence from the sea he comes across as more or less anonymous as well as homeless and alone:

Out of the melting froth something crept and crawled, so wet it might have been made of the sea. […] The little creature was not a bird, it was not a seal, it was certainly not a mermaid – it was like nothing [Puffin] had ever seen before (p. 23).

We know only that the Little Wo has a name and that he’s made of cotton, with button eyes (p. 48), woolly ears and a tail ‘which had been darned several times over’ (p. 56). He cannot remember where his home is, and even his child owner has no name – he is only ever ‘Himself’. Everywhere he goes the toy seeks to endear himself to the local population, accepting them eagerly as his well-wishers and benefactors, despite the fact that they regularly prove to have malevolent designs on him. At the same time, from the first his chief characteristics are those of loyalty – first to Himself, then to Puffin, then to his real or apparent friends – along with courage (although he is often frightened), forgetfulness and naivety. By the end of the book, when he finally remembers the location of his home, these characteristics make him seem like the ideal candidate for a soldier, perhaps part of the worldwide movement preparing to protect their homes from the rise of fascism. On spotting the house where Himself lives, he promptly jumps out of a speeding plane with a parachute on his back – like a paratrooper or a pilot escaping a damaged aircraft – and sets off towards the building in question, ‘Confident as a marching army’ (p. 188), singing martial songs and ‘with a thousand imaginary drums beating in his ears’ (p. 189). The last Puffin sees of him is looking out of the house’s nursery window, waving to his avian friend and protector while preparing to reassure Himself (who is not at home) that his broken family has been reunited against all odds. There could hardly be a more comforting message for child readers in wartime – especially if those readers had been forcefully parted from their families and homes, like the Basque refugees. Reunion may still be possible, the book insists, and it happens here after many trials and adventures, though we are never shown the reunion itself. Every child who has been separated from their loved ones will need to imagine it for themselves.

Puffin with the Little Wo. Illustration by Mary Shillabeer.

The emphasis on technology in Moray Williams’s book also invokes the rapid approach of war, when innovative and skilfully-used technology might prove the difference between victory and defeat. Ursula’s husband Peter was an ex-RAF pilot who worked as a technician at the Hawker factory in Kingston, where the famous Hawker Hurricane fighter planes were built between 1936 and 1944. A major character in the novel is a young pilot who aims to break the record for crossing the Atlantic, and who befriends Puffin and the Little Wo at the seaside town where the toy was lost in the summer. The young man’s friendliness towards the friendless pair enables them to enter a grand hotel from which they have previously been barred, and they later accompany him on his record-breaking flight from New York to England. The pilot’s plane crashes on the English coast after breaking the record, but he goes on to build a second, improved model of the smashed plane – called the Butterfly as if in homage to the well-known Moth series of planes built by de Havilland, though the name also invokes the beauty and vulnerability of planes in the 1930s[5] – and it’s from the new aircraft that the Little Wo finally spots his long-lost home. The pilot’s attempt to break the record identifies speed and technological innovation as the key qualities of modern times, but his willingness to use them in the service of others – he is unconcerned with fame or the trappings of fame and does his best to avoid them – endows him with the additional qualities of empathy, selflessness and loyalty required by prospective defenders of freedom. The series of coincidences that ensure the book’s modest heroes meet up on three occasions with their pilot friend imply, too, that he is in some sense a man of his time, one whose ability to master time by flying swiftly somehow extends itself to a mastery of good timing.

The pilot’s personal modesty extends to his family background, since his mother lives in a ‘pleasant country cottage’ with a ‘homely parlour’ and expresses effusive gratitude to Puffin for ‘saving her son’s life on the rocks’ after the crash (pp. 163-4). In fact the young man is a human double of the book’s two central characters, with Puffin’s ability to fly, the Little Wo’s attachment to home, and the courage and ingenuity of both, so that his presence in Moray Williams’s novel helps to link the two small animals – one real, one a toy – to the human population of his country. He confirms the link between himself and his nonhuman friends when he tells the Little Wo that he understands his impatience to get back to his owner: ‘I know just how you feel,’ he tells him, since ‘I felt like that myself out there in the States waiting for the Butterfly to be ready’ (p. 164). The Little Wo’s urgency to get home and the pilot’s urgency to break the record in flying to England both pay homage to the love of your place of birth, and to a stubborn willingness to overcome the various forms of peril that threaten to sever you from that place for ever; in the final stage of the crossing a storm brings down the pilot’s plane, but between them the three friends show characteristic resilience in surviving the catastrophe and making it back to the people and localities they love. In Moray Williams’s world, in other words, technological innovation can supplement rather than obscure the attachment to place, family and the ordinary. As the wife of a pilot and technician she was well qualified to recognise the capacity of these things to coexist.

The pilot with Puffin and the Little Wo in the hotel dining room. Illustration by Mary Shillabeer.

Another element of the book that betrays its origins in the shadow of war is its setting on the English coast. The coast is where families go for holidays, where seabirds nest, where climbers brave the cliffs (Puffin and little Wo are rescued from a peregrine’s nest by a young climber, the Coastguard’s son), and where fishermen earn their living (Puffin salutes the fishermen of his home region as he flies back to his puffinry at the end of the book: ‘where are fishermen like the fishermen of the West Country?’, p. 194). But the seashore is also a place of deadly danger. The sea that washes against its rocks and sands contains perils of every description, from the tide that sweeps the Little Wo away from Himself to the peregrine that snatches him from the waves as food for its young, from the whirlpools between its boulders and the cuttlefish in its caves to the mermaids that haunt its waters, who imprison the Little Wo in their submarine palace. The Coastguard – another key character in the book – reinforces our sense of the dangers that plague the coast, since his job is to protect his fellow humans against them. The Coastguard’s world collides with the young pilot’s when the first Butterfly crashes near the Coastguard’s cottage, and the incident reinforces the point that both key human characters earn their living by courting danger, perched on the borderline between life and death along with their families. The Coastguard’s cottage (with his wife and children in it) stands close to the rocks on which boats and planes come to grief, while the pilot’s mother is keenly conscious of the deadliness of her son’s trade as an airman. Their familiarity with peril marks them out as fully prepared for the global conflict whose approach everyone was predicting in 1939.

Animals too, on the coast, exist on a fulcrum between life and death. Puffin’s Egg may or may not be alive as he waits for it to hatch; many people, including the mermaids, assume that it’s ‘addled’. Small creatures like Puffin and the Little Wo live in constant danger from predators such as cuttlefish and peregrine falcons. The falcons live in danger from human nest robbers such as the young climber. A fox Puffin meets in a field when he journeys inland is in danger from the hounds that chase it. Inhabitants of the coast and its adjacent landscapes and seascapes – Puffin’s world, in other words – resemble tightrope walkers or mountaineers, teetering precariously between survival and destruction.

Frontispiece of first edition, by Mary Shillabeer, with cliffs in background.

Puffin’s particular stretch of coast is made up of granite cliffs, impregnable bastions like the White Cliffs of Dover but also vertiginous precipices marking the end of one element and the start of another. The writer-artist Mervyn Peake wrote of 1939 as a cliff over which the world hung poised to drop:

O heart-beats – you are rattling dice –
My rattling dice
Proclaim the edge of precipice
At whose hid boulders stands a soundless sea –
These dice
Endanger me,
And spice
My days with hazards of futurity.[6]

In fact, the period immediately before the Second World War is often described in prose and verse, both then and now, as a precipice or cliff, and Peake’s poem perfectly summarizes – mixed metaphors and all – the intense consciousness at the time that multiple threats were coming to a head, and that the momentum of the world was now too strong to prevent its losing its balance and taking the plunge onto the rocks below. Moray Williams would have been as conscious of this momentum as anyone in Britain. Her husband Peter volunteered as an ARP warden in 1938, and his work as well as her father’s was shaped by conflict, which brought the need for both Hawker Hurricane fighters and emergency accommodation for refugees. Making her protagonist a seabird, who lives his life on the deadly margin between land and sea, means that Moray Williams’s novel conveys almost as well as Peake’s poem the strange tensions that governed this particular moment in global history. And her protagonist shares with his world a set of internal tensions that make him the perfect embodiment of the time in which she was writing.

In personality, Puffin is poised between one set of traits and another, a quality that makes him one of Moray Williams’s most complex creations. He is plump, short and clownish to look at but also a daring bird of action, who can fly low enough to ‘buzz’ other birds (as a pilot might ‘buzz’ his friends on an airfield) or leap from a plane on a sudden impulse to follow and protect the parachuting Little Wo. He lives alone in his clifftop burrow, but also longs for a companion (‘either a kind and pretty little sweetheart puffin […] or a brave, sturdy brother puffin’, p. 10) and a child. He is ‘honest’ (p. 9), but he is also prepared to be mildly dishonest when it suits him; for instance, he hides away the abandoned egg he has found for several hours before putting up a sign advertising its whereabouts to anyone who might be looking for it (pp. 9-11). He cares passionately for the Egg but forgets to sit on it. He is quite often bad tempered (for instance, he pushes a young puffin off a ledge for cheeking him, pp. 15-16) but also kind-hearted (he takes the Little Wo to his burrow as soon as he finds him on the shore, and even transfers his attention from the Egg for a while as he tends to his visitor’s needs). He is a homebird, satisfied to stay behind and wait for the Egg to hatch while the other puffins fly off to sea, but also a courageous traveller, willing to accompany the Little Wo to the ends of the earth to help him track down his human family. He is sometimes self-deprecating but also takes pleasure in fame – at least for a while – when his signature song makes him a star in America. He has limited experience but also a great deal of ingenuity, finding ways to escape from the very different prisons of the mermaids’ palace and the Coastguard’s cottage, outwitting a pack of hounds, and mimicking the voice of a zookeeper to help his friend slip out of a cage in London Zoo. He gets frustrated at times by the Little Wo’s endless naivety, but loves him and misses him badly when he’s gone. At every stage of his adventures, it’s his best characteristics that direct his actions, so that he always teeters in the right direction, but he sometimes feels shame for having been tempted to do the opposite. Puffin comes across, in fact, as a thoroughly ordinary person, but one who is capable of doing extraordinary things, which makes him the perfect hero for a time when everyday life has somehow got tangled up with the frightening, the difficult and the strange.

Mermaids in pursuit of the escaping Little Wo. Illustration by Mary Shillabeer.

Puffin’s two-sidedness extends from his personality to his identity. Both he and the Little Wo continually fluctuate, so to speak, between one mode of being and another. Moray Williams represents Puffin both as a puffin and as a kind of miniature human, while the Little Wo – like the Little Wooden Horse – comes across as both a toy and a very small person. They can talk to human beings, like the animals in Kenneth Graham’s The Wind in the Willows, but are also bound like them to their nonhuman identities, in this case as a bird and a toy. Puffin has wings and can fly, while the Little Wo has cotton paws which can get worn out by excessive scrambling among the rocks; at the same time, the two friends are able to hold hands when running away from their many pursuers, and Puffin can row a boat when the need arises. Puffin sings his signature song in English, and the song becomes a hit, first among the passengers on the Queen Mary, then among the citizens of New York; but he can also be barred from an English hotel because (as the porter says) ‘This isn’t a Natural History Museum’ (p. 128) – in other words, because he’s an animal. He and the Little Wo can be admitted as guests to the hotel dining room, thanks to their friend the pilot, but can also slip away unnoticed by scuttling under the dining room tables like the bird and dog they resemble.

Their unsettled identities get them in trouble repeatedly during their travels. The Little Wo, for instance – who seeks to ingratiate himself with everyone and believes everything he’s told – thinks the mermaids, Puffin’s neighbours, are delightful, and allows them to replace his small darned tail with the tail of a merdog, which gives him a third identity, that of a mythological creature, to supplement the two he already has. This means (as Puffin is well aware) that the Little Wo will never again be able to leave the sea and find his family, which means in turn that Puffin must find a way to rescue him by offering the mermaids something better in exchange for the stolen tail. He finds this object of trade in his own brightly-coloured rainbow beak, the part of his body that gives him the nickname he most dislikes, ‘sea-parrot’ (a name that proves prophetic when he ‘parrots’ the voice of a zookeeper). As soon as he gives the mermaids his beak, they give back the Little Wo’s tail and take away the fishtail, but Puffin is left with a ‘funny little stump’ and the feeling that a crucial part of him is missing. Fortunately, a puffin’s beak grows back soon after it’s been shed [https://esajournals.onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/fee.2620]; this happens annually after the breeding season, as Moray Williams may have known, since this is exactly when it happens in the book. Puffins, in other words, have shapeshifting built into their bodies, which means that our hero’s repeated transitions in the first part of the book – between animal and person, between a rainbow-beaked sea-parrot and an anonymous black-and-white bird with a stump on its face – do him no real damage.

Puffin caged by the Coastguard. Illustration by Mary Shillabeer.

But his dual nature becomes problematic when he first meets human people. On being taken back to the Coastguard’s cottage by his cliff-climbing son, both Puffin and the Little Wo are treated from the first as nonhuman entities: Puffin is put in a parrot’s cage and the Little Wo is tied by a thread, like a rattle, to the baby’s wrist. This treatment becomes disturbing when we realise that the Coastguard and his family can talk to both creatures as if they were fellow human beings, learning their back stories and enjoying Puffin’s rendition of the song that later makes him famous. In other words, they make a conscious choice to treat the pair as inferiors rather than equals, selecting from among their characteristics the ones that identify them as lower than themselves in that man-made hierarchy of species, the Great Chain of Being. Puffin’s response to the Little Wo, by contrast, was wholly generous, welcoming him into his burrow like a long-lost son or brother. The Coastguard and his family, on the other hand, never rise above their perception of their small captives as possessions to be disposed of as they wish, despite their articulacy and obvious intelligence. The Little Wo is eventually freed from the thread that ties him to the baby, because he can climb back into the cradle by himself and always does; but Puffin is never permitted to fly free, and there is never any question of the Little Wo being allowed to continue his quest for the child who lost him.

This becomes clear when the Coastguard’s son and the Little Wo become unexpected celebrities. Word soon gets round that a toy has been found by the son in a falcon’s nest, and a letter arrives from London inviting the boy and the famous toy to come and be interviewed by the papers. The Little Wo is delighted, because London is close to his old home, but Puffin overhears the Coastguard telling his wife that the toy will never be restored to its owner; he is wanted by a Museum, perhaps a Museum of Natural History, and ‘will be [kept] there for ever and ever’ to be gawped at by strangers (p. 92). The toy’s urgent search for Himself will come to an end, and he will be condemned to total stasis, frozen in time – or out of time – in perpetuity. The former migrant will no longer be a person in transit, with a rich identity and a variegated history, but stuck in a glass case in a fixed position, his life artificially reduced to a single moment that defines him for the rest of his existence. The parallel with refugees is painfully obvious: a group of people whose lives are all too often reduced to a single word (‘refugee’ or ‘migrant’), which is used to define them, the rest of their histories forgotten or ignored in the hostility and even fear that word can provoke.

The Coronation Scot. Illustration by Mary Shillabeer.

As it happens, Puffin could be said to have a personal reason to resist the objectification of living creatures, whether birds or playthings or human migrants. Moray Williams drew inspiration for her hero from an old glass case full of stuffed seabirds in her childhood home, North Stoneham, a crumbling Palladian mansion not far from Southampton. She saw the case again on returning to the house in November 1938, not long before it was due to be demolished. Prominent among the seabirds was a puffin, its colourful beak standing out from among the dusty blacks and whites of the gulls, murres, razorbills and gannets. Improbably, Puffin seems to share Ursula’s knowledge of glass display cases, taxidermy, and the museums that encourage both:

A museum! He had heard puffins speak of them before. Museums were full of glass cases, sealed, and filled with stuffed puffins, who were there for ever and ever. They would never fish nor fly again. It was worse, far worse, than being in a parrot’s cage in a pleasant kitchen with the waves breaking on the rocks outside. When he thought of the Little Wo shut in one of these ca[s]es for ever, in the artificial nest of a stuffed peregrine, with two stuffed peregrine children, and behind him a painted sky and a pastel sea, with school-children and other interested people staring at him all day long, Puffin closed his eyes. He simply could not bear it. (p. 92)

The perils that have faced the pair so far in their adventures shrink to insignificance beside this fate of being fixed for all time in rigid stillness, part of a simulated ‘natural’ environment crudely reproduced, for the benefit of city-dwellers, by means of a wholly unnatural process. That the toy might be reduced to this condition after being betrayed by a couple who claim to love him – the Coastguard and his wife – speaks to the problems that arise from lack of empathy. As Puffin points out to the Little Wo, an absence of fellow-feeling is not so much a matter of cruelty as of thoughtlessness: ‘They are ignorant, that’s all. And they don’t understand us; it isn’t their fault. If they had understood us they would have set us free long ago, and who knows if you wouldn’t have been at home by now and I back in my shabby little burrow’ (p. 93).

Puffin’s own sense of empathy is best displayed, of course, in his response to the Little Wo, who is stuffed by his very nature, just like an animal in a museum display case, but is treated by Puffin as if he were capable of every kind of feeling. On first meeting him, Puffin examines his ‘little cotton body, stuffed, and limp where the stuffing was soaked and lumpy from the sea’ (p. 25), but instead of dismissing him as an inanimate, cast-off object seeks instead to understand his history: ‘he gently asked the Little Wo where he came from, and what he was doing in the sea all alone at that time of day’ (p. 24). He ignores the toy’s disparaging remarks about Puffin’s beloved coast (for the Little Wo it’s a ‘dreadful barren shore’, p. 25), and recognises instead that his new friend has been ‘greatly loved’, that he is small and helpless, and that he can be readily accommodated in his burrow. And he goes on to adapt his own story and circumstances to the migrant’s needs: ‘With a little arrangement, they slept very comfortably with the Egg between them, and for the first time since he found it Puffin forgot to wonder whether by the morning it would be hatched’ (p. 26). Puffin’s sense of time has begun to synch with that of his visitor, rather than the Egg, and not long afterwards the seabird becomes a migrant himself, voluntarily taking to sea in a home-made boat in a bid to give the toy’s story a happy ending.

Puffin and the Little Wo fleeing through London Zoo. Illustration by Mary Shillabeer.

Puffin’s narrative involves several moments when people without empathy or ‘understanding’ manage to acquire it. Puffin himself gets more empathetic. In building his boat, for instance, he begins by rejecting the help offered by various animals in his neighbourhood, then quickly realises he cannot manage on his own and finds ways to cajole them into forgiving him for his initial rudeness. The porter who at first bars Puffin and the Little Wo from the grand hotel later becomes decidedly helpful to them. The Coastguard and his family are reunited with Puffin and the Little Wo when the two small heroes ask them for help in rescuing the airman after his crash, and at this point the humans beg forgiveness for their earlier betrayal of their nonhuman visitors. But there are also two more incidents when human lack of empathy nearly ruins the adventurers. At London Zoo Puffin is again identified as an animal rather than a person when a little boy grabs him by the neck, thinking he has escaped from his enclosure, after which he is chased through the zoo by a swarm of keepers, and only escapes by confirming once and for all his human credentials (as I mentioned, he mimics a keeper’s voice with perfect accuracy). The most disturbing instance of lack of empathy, though, happens in America, where Puffin is almost trapped in time by the operations of capitalism. Having made his name by singing his song about puffins, whose most memorable line perfectly captures the American Dream (‘there’s nuffin’ that a puffin cannot do!’), Puffin is persuaded to sign a ‘paper’ which he cannot read; only later does he find he has signed a legal contract with a music-hall owner, ‘which bound [him] to stay with the show till it came to an end, and it might go on for years and years’ (p. 147). Capitalism, it would seem, has the disruption and control of time built into its mechanisms, surreptitiously passing ownership of a person’s daily labour from themselves to someone else without their consent, and thereafter imposing the new owner’s timetable on the labourer for as long as the contract remains in effect. In Adventures of Puffin, as in The Little Wooden Horse, showmanship is the trade in which this clandestine transference of ownership manifests itself most visibly. The Little Wooden Horse breaks himself to bits performing for gold in a travelling circus, while Puffin and the Little Wo find themselves trapped within the narrow confines of the music hall, having been ‘brought up’ (in Puffin’s case) ‘to the beauty and freedom of the sea’ (p. 147). Capitalism makes objects of living creatures, placing them in metaphorical glass cases to be gawped at by anyone willing and able to pay money for the privilege and keeping them there without hope of release. Luckily Puffin and the Little Wo find a way to break the contract: their friend the English pilot comes to watch the show, and on seeing him they promptly jump into his pockets, where with his help they evade the scrutiny of the journalists and showbiz personnel who come looking for them. The pilot is not concerned with distinctions between species or with other kinds of boundaries and borders; he walks the two friends through the door of the music hall, just as he had earlier walked them through the door of the swanky hotel in an English seaside town, in defiance of social rules and contracts. Later he invites them to fly home with him to England on his plane, broaching the vaster threshold or border of the Atlantic Ocean. In the process he renders the money they earned at the music hall immaterial, since they no longer need to pay for their passage – this being the major motivation for their having agreed to become performers in the first place. Empathy frees the two small heroes from the grip of capitalism, just as empathy saves the pilot’s life, when Puffin fetches the Coastguard to rescue the young man after his plane has crashed. For Moray Williams, understanding or fellow feeling offers a modest but essential counter-narrative to the various forms of hostility, indifference and oppression that have brought the world to the brink of war.

The pilot’s conduct in the music hall confirms his status as a human double for his two small friends. When Puffin and the Little Wo dive into his pockets he distracts reporters’ attention by repeating Puffin’s words from an incident earlier in the story. At one point in their adventures the modest heroes meet a fox and get caught up in the hunt that is chasing him (it’s worth mentioning here that foxhunts take place in winter, between November and March or April, so this is another temporal marker in the text; if the friends had met the fox a few weeks earlier they would never have encountered the hunt). The Little Wo finds himself substituted for the fox as quarry for the ravening hounds, and Puffin saves the toy by telling him to dive into a rabbit’s burrow (much as he later dives into the pilot’s pocket) while he sits at the entrance and distracts the dogs with breezy conversation. As the hounds come up to ask if he has seen the little fugitive, Puffin refuses to inform them of his whereabouts, but also refuses to lie to them about it: ‘I can’t say, I’m sure,’ he says vaguely in response to their questions; ‘I really couldn’t tell you’; ‘I wouldn’t like to say, I’m sure’ (p. 114). The pilot repeats these words verbatim to the crowd of reporters looking for his friends at the music hall: ‘I can’t say, I’m sure’; ‘I really couldn’t tell you’; ‘I wouldn’t like to say, I’m sure’ (p. 150). The echo places him firmly in his friends’ camp, as a person who refuses to countenance hunting of any kind (in this case the intrusive tracking down of individuals by the paparazzi), but who also refuses to tell lies if he can avoid it. As with Puffin, his convictions are clear, his loyalties unwavering, and he maintains both in the face of a world that too readily readjusts its position in pursuit of profit, or in conformity with the dictates of a repressive ideology.

Puffin and the Little Wo at the music hall. Illustration by Mary Shillabeer.

The innate similarity between the pilot and his two small friends reinforces another key theme of the book: bonds forged in defiance of difference. The most important of such bonds is the family bond, whereby people of different generations (and hence of different backgrounds and even cultures, each generation shaped by the different circumstances under which it grew up) support each other in an unbreakable unit held together by unwavering affection. As we’ve seen, Puffin treats the Little Wo as a family member – a child or a somewhat wayward younger brother – and he reaffirms the bond between them at the moment of parting, looking back at the toy as it waves from the nursery window and thinking to himself, as often before, ‘Funny, faithful, happy Little Wo’ (p. 191). The phrase implies that the toy has found his happy ending against all odds; and when Puffin’s own happy ending follows, it is equally the outcome of unwavering faithfulness to the idea of a happy home and a loving family.

In both Puffin’s and the Little Wo’s case, the family and the home are non-traditional ones – the traditional nuclear family having been placed under intolerable strain in 1939 by the conditions of war and worldwide migration. The Little Wo has forged his strongest bond with a creature who is not even of the same species – Himself – which may explain why he finds it so easy to bond with Puffin, as well as with the many other beings he meets on his adventures. Puffin, by contrast, forges his deepest bond with his own species in the form of the Egg, and afterwards with the Little Wo, who can almost (but not quite) be equated with the puffin chick into which he hoped the Egg would hatch, or with the puffin companion he longed for. In the end, however, he gains an actual puffin companion. Having been out of temporal step with the rest of his community since the beginning of the book, it seems inevitable that he should remain out of step in the final chapter; and sure enough, when he gets home to his humble burrow he finds that his fellow puffins have left their breeding grounds for a second time, and that the season is over. On this occasion, however, someone is waiting for him: a flightless puffling who has hatched after all the rest and been left behind when the others flew off to sea. Washed up on Puffin’s clifftop by the sea of circumstance – like a second Egg or another Little Wo – the puffling is adopted by the friendly seabird, as promptly and completely as he adopted the toy. But for this new castaway no other home calls to him; no shadow of another parting stands between them, as Dickens might have put it.[7]

Puffin tells the puffling his story. Illustration by Mary Shillabeer.

The puffling is no more the seabird’s son, of course, than the Little Wo was, but fits more neatly into Puffin’s narrative. That it is a narrative, carefully constructed by Puffin to suit his needs, is confirmed by another detail about this ending, which is that Puffin manages to persuade himself that the chick has emerged from his beloved Egg, bringing his story to the neatest of conclusions. The Egg came into Puffin’s life as a creature out of time, like the Little Wo and Puffin himself, and Puffin has remained convinced from first to last that being out of time can have a positive outcome. An Egg might hatch, Puffin believes, long after it should have started to rot. A toy might find a faithful friend long after he has been seemingly lost for ever. A puffling might find an adoptive parent long after it has been left to starve by its biological parents. Understanding arises from a willingness to embrace the unfortunate, the abandoned and the unconventional, and Puffin has both these qualities in spades: that is, understanding or empathy, and a willingness to take unfortunate strangers to heart, however inconvenient this may prove to himself. Puffin, then, is a creature perfectly suited to a time out of joint, just as the principal humans in the story – the Coastguard and the pilot – are perfectly suited to the defence of the realm that will soon be necessary.

One peculiarity of Puffin’s series of unconventional families is that they contain no mothers – this despite the fact that Moray Williams was a mother when she wrote it. Nuclear families like the Coastguard’s, the pilot’s and Moray Williams’s have a mother at the centre of them, but the Egg has no visible mother and neither does the Little Wo when Puffin finds him or the puffling he adopts in the final chapter. When he realises that the Egg is motherless, the seabird does all he can to fill the role himself:

For the rest of the day he sat on the Egg, as he had seen the mother puffins do, but he was awkward at it. He rolled from one side to the other; he fell into a doze and fell off it. he found it most uncomfortable, and in some strange way he felt that the Egg was uncomfortable too. It did not like to be sat on, at any rate by Puffin. (p. 18)

So he seeks out a better mother for the Egg, first approaching the mermaids, who assure him of their maternal credentials in such glowing terms that the seabird becomes unsettled – after all, ‘Every puffin knows that a mermaid’s promises are not to be trusted, and the more solemnly they promise the more treacherous are their hearts’ (p. 20) – and backs off, earning himself their everlasting enmity. Later the Little Wo takes on the task of finding a mother for the Egg, and his choice of candidates for the position includes a cow, several rabbits, foxes, voles, and a kindly seal. When the seal gets stuck in Puffin’s burrow and has to be rescued before returning to her own family, the two friends give up the chase, and from this point onwards the need for a mother is never mentioned again. Puffin pronounces the Egg unviable and commits himself wholly to the Little Wo; and when in the end he decides that the Egg has indeed hatched and produced the puffling, a whole year after he left it to fend for itself, the little bird’s lack of a mother is never brought up. In times of need the only requisite for a family is whether or not it can provide a safe, loving and supportive environment for its members; the Little Wo knows this when he seeks a mother figure among all the many species that frequent the coast, refusing to confine himself to puffins or even birds. Puffin provides this environment for each of his chosen small companions, just as they provide much-needed companionship for Puffin.

The seabird’s easy adoption of a traditionally female role (though he doesn’t fulfil all of its functions with equal success) stands at the heart of what I take to be the novel’s key achievement. In it, Moray Williams succeeds in providing her young readers with an alternative model of masculinity: one which is nurturing, consistently and practically focused on the needs of others, empathetic, and unconditionally loving of its smaller, weaker companions. Even the Little Wo’s brief transformation into a kind of soldier as he marches in triumph towards his long-lost owner’s home has as its object not the conquest of a neighbouring nation but the peaceful reclamation of his own. At a time when a mood of violent militancy gripped the world, Moray Williams’s alternative vision of men, presented to a new generation of men (her own children were boys), offered up the possibility of a very different future. That this is the function of her narrative seems to be confirmed by the final paragraph of the last chapter, in which Puffin sits down with the puffling on the edge of the cliff, looking out across the ocean, and tells him the story of his adventures. Having finished his story, the seabird goes on to tell a further story of renewed community and the complete realignment of disjointed timelines:

And when, his adventures told, they sat quietly in the moonlight, he began the tale of all the wonderful things they were going to do together in the days ahead, when nobody would be lonely any longer and the Puffins came back to the Puffinry. (p. 198)

Moray Williams does not show us the Puffins’ return; we are asked only to imagine it, just as we were earlier asked to imagine the Little Wo’s reunion with Himself. She leaves her child readers, in other words, looking to the ‘days ahead’, but substitutes for the fearful prognosis of war a visionary glimpse of a time when loneliness will be banished, both for those like Puffin who have wandered far away from their homes and for those like the puffling who have been cast out and left behind. Immediately before this final sentence, she describes the ‘rainbow colours’ fading out of the granite cliffs; the rainbow being a symbol of hope in Genesis, as well as an echo of Puffin’s own rainbow beak, which he gave away to the mermaids but grew back while he was living with the Coastguard’s family. The rainbow colours may go dark, but they will return, Moray Williams assures us, with all they represented in her lifetime, and all they have represented since. It’s an ending that speaks to our own time as powerfully, I think, as it spoke to hers.

The Little Wo begs a mother seal to adopt the Egg. Illustration by Mary Shillabeer.

NOTES

[1] Lundy Island seems the most likely location for Puffin’s puffinry, because it is made of granite, unlike (for instance) the limestone cliffs at Purbeck. Moray Williams identifies Puffin’s cliffs as in the ‘West Country’ and of ‘granite’: Adventures of Puffin (London: Harrap, 1939), p. 194. All quotations are from this edition.

[2] Not that it didn’t do well. Colin Davison tells us that ‘By Christmas 1939 Adventures of Puffin had sold almost 2000 copies in less than two months, almost matching the early success of Adventures of the Little Wooden Horse’: Davison, Through the Magic Door: Ursula Moray Williams, Gobbolino and the Little Wooden Horse (Newcastle: Northumbria Press, 2011), p. 72. It never made it into paperback, however, which meant that it remains forever a product of its time.

[3] For the success of Adventures of the Little Wooden Horse see Davison, Through the Magic Door, pp. 60-62.

[4] See Davison, Through the Magic Door, p. 54.

[5] The picture of the plane provided by the book’s illustrator, Mary Shillabeer, looks less like a record-breaking single-pilot plane than a transport plane, the de Havilland Albatross, which was built between 1938 and 1939. Interestingly, a well-known photo of the Coronation Scot, taken in January 1939, shows it with an Albatross flying overhead. Could Shillabeer have based her plane on this one?

[6] ‘O Heart-Beats’, Mervyn Peake, Collected Poems, ed. R. W. Maslen, Fyfield Books (Manchester: Carcanet, 2008), p. 52.

[7] That’s a reference to the final sentence of Great Expectations (1860-1861), in the revised version of 1868: ‘I took her hand in mine, and we went out of the ruined place; and, as the morning mists had risen long ago when I first left the forge, so, the evening mists were rising now, and in all the broad expanse of the tranquil light they showed to me, I saw no shadow of another parting from her.’

Mervyn Peake, Letters from a Lost Uncle (from Polar Regions) (1948)

Mervyn and Maeve in 1939

The art of Maeve Gilmore and Mervyn Peake, married writer-artists who moved from house to house many times in the course of their lives together, had a tendency to burst out of formal spaces (studio, gallery, the narrow confines of the sketchbook or the written page) and swarm over the domestic spaces they shared. Both revelled in painting the walls of their homes, Mervyn transforming damp patches in his warehouse apartment in Battersea into ‘faces and landscapes […] so that what should have been detrimental [became] a world of angels and monsters’,[1] then decorating the doors of their flat in Maida Vale with ‘vines, flowers and birds’,[2] while Maeve painted dynamic murals all over their Chelsea house from attic to basement. Real-life spaces, too, invaded their art. The island where they lived for four happy years – Sark in the Channel Islands – peeps out through the prose in Mervyn’s second novel Gormenghast (1950), whose titular castle shares with it the names of certain topographical features. Maeve’s novel Titus Awakes (2011) ends with the fictional protagonist making a home on Sark with the real-life Peakes. Maeve’s murals come to life in her illustrated children’s book, Captain Eustace and the Magic Room (1981), which combines knitted dolls, rhymes, and photographs of her wall paintings to create a narrative that bridges the gap between an ordinary house and the wilderness of dreams. Maeve herself became the subject of Mervyn’s poems, drawings and paintings, while Mervyn became the subject of Maeve’s celebrated memoir, A World Away (1970), as well as of her novel and many of her pictures. Their imaginative world could not be segregated from the material world through which they moved, whose details they took in with all their senses, transmuted in their minds, and revitalised in strange new colours, shapes and sounds.

Nowhere in Mervyn’s work is the intimate link between his imaginative world and the material realities mediated by his senses more vividly realised than in his picture book Letters from a Lost Uncle (from Polar Regions) (1948). The book tells the story of a robust old man who wanders the wild regions of the world, far from human habitation, in quest of a mysterious White Lion known only as the ‘Emperor of the Snows’.[3] He carries with him a typewriter (which he uses to type his letters), a ‘good fat book’ full of blank paper for typing, pencils (with which he draws the creatures and adventures he encounters) and a camera (with which he hopes to photograph the Lion when he finds it). He is accompanied only by his ‘retainer’ (p. [8]), a ‘turtle dog’ called Jackson, who often annoys him. It’s a simple premise, and some have found it over-simple. The Peake scholar Peter Winnington, for instance, suggests that ‘the storyline is weak and fizzles out when the uncle encounters the White Lion, although the final picture, with its mandala in the sky, suggests a sense of wholeness that the text belies’.[4] But for me, the book represents the ultimate fusion of word and image in Mervyn’s oeuvre, whose power is largely derived from its unusual form. The crudely typed pages peppered with mistakes; the energetic and prolific pencil sketches; the smudges and smears on the surface of the paper where Jackson has trodden on it, or spilled gravy on it, or the Uncle has bled on it after cutting his finger; all these details generate the sense of ghostly presences at the edges of the reader’s perception, beings alive and commanding our attention despite the distances of space and time that separate us. The effect is, I imagine, a little like spending time in one of Maeve and Mervyn’s flats or houses, where the murals on the walls invoked a wild world beyond their confines whose shapes were always intruding on the house’s occupants at the edge of vision, ghostly manifestations of an imaginative life as vivid as the papers, pencils, tables, brushes, found objects and books that littered their rooms.

Dustjacket of first edition, front

The most striking aspect of the book’s form is its physical presentation as a collection of letters. Each letter is inexpertly typed with occasional corrections or interjections by hand, illustrated with pencil sketches, and slightly damaged in various ways by the two central characters – the Uncle and Jackson – who share their cramped quarters together, with all the potential for accidents this entails. The dustcover of the first edition takes the form of a hefty envelope with a red wax seal sticking down the flap at the back and a stamp showing the Lion affixed to the front; the stamp itself has been stamped with two postmarks shaped like snowshoes. The letters inside amount to a single continuous letter, with each new section labelled ‘2nd Letter’, ‘THIRD LETTER’, ‘4TH LETTER’ and so on, and distinguished from one another, often in parentheses, by allusions to the passage of time: ‘(Continued next day)’, ‘(weeks later’), ‘six days later’ etc. The effect of this form is to encourage the reader to relive the Uncle’s adventures as they are supposed to have happened, and to reinforce the sense of unplanned or semi-planned spontaneity which is implicit in the terms ‘adventure’, ‘discover’ and ‘explore’. The form is further rendered integral to the narrative by the fact that the stamp on the dustcover represents the object of the Uncle’s travels, the great White Lion; in the first edition the reader was thereby encouraged to turn back to the dustcover for reference whenever the stamp was mentioned in the text. Holding the first edition, then, must have felt like holding the Uncle’s collection of letters itself, as against a printed version of them. The book would have had an aura to it, as if you could detect the fingers of the Uncle laboriously marking the very same pages you were turning over as you read. The book is a missive from outside the familiar universe, but it is also a piece of documentary evidence, like the travelworn diary of Captain Scott recovered from his tent. Polar winds seem to blow from its pages, which serve as an opening onto the beyond. You might be reminded of Mervyn’s preface to the book of his drawings published by Grey Walls Press the following year, which describes the drawing process as a daring expedition into uncharted territory:

The voice of a pencil. […] The voice of ink, of chalk, of pigment or stone. What are they, these varying voices that, soundless, can be like tumult or as faint as a whisper in the next room?

From the brain in the eye and the eye in the brain they make their way, these accents, through the arm and fingers to a canvas like a field of untrodden snow, to a cold chaos of stone, to the square yawn of a paper page as empty of life as the manless moon. These, the imponderable platforms: the breathless theatres.[5]

The form of Letters from a Lost Uncle makes of it a breathless theatre, a ‘paper stage’ as he calls it a few lines later in the same preface. It performs its narrative on the manless moon of the empty page, which is invoked by the vast fields of untrodden snow through which the Uncle tramps. From it, the voice of the pencil – and of the typewriter, the ‘tap-tap-tapping [of] a little black machine’ which generates the Uncle’s words as the pencil generates his pictures (p. [3]) – issues like a call to action or a summons to the strange denizens of your seeing brain.

Dustjacket of first edition, rear

Uncharted territory is where Maeve and Mervyn lived and worked. They inhabited a world that was self-evidently falling apart like a melting ice field, opening up a new range of uncertainties and possibilities unsuspected by previous generations. The British Empire into which they were born – Mervyn in China, Maeve in London – had begun to dissolve, with Ireland the first of its colonies to shake off the cold colonial bonds (Maeve’s father was Irish), closely followed by a succession of independence movements (Burma, Egypt, India) which sometimes took the Irish struggle for liberation as inspiration.[6] The Second World War brought bombs to the streets of London and other British cities, altering them beyond recognition, as Mervyn’s ballad The Rhyme of the Flying Bomb (c. 1947) acknowledged and perversely celebrated. The waves of migration unleashed by war and new national boundaries transformed the world’s populations. Troops who served overseas returned with a new consciousness of alternative ways of living, while continued rationing and the reorganization of British society through unprecedented initiatives like the National Health Service seemed to signal a radical break with the imperial past. Between them, the Great War and World War Two bracketed a rupture from the familiar narrative of British history, a rent that almost severed it in two, before and after, ancient and modern. This giant rupture found a parallel in the many small ruptures experienced by Maeve and Mervyn as they moved from house to house, driven by economic necessity, conscription, Mervyn’s mental illness of 1942, and the endless quest for an artistic space in which to hone their craft.

This last, most quixotic of quests is what took them to Sark in 1946. It was a move that cut them off from Britain in a final, heroic gesture at self-determination, a gesture that came to an end when economic necessity took them back to London again at the end of the decade. Their period on Sark proved to be perhaps the most creative of their lives; at least, it was intensely creative for Mervyn, while Maeve completed some of her finest paintings there, and the island continued to haunt her work for the rest of her life. Marooning themselves from the crumbling world of the 1940s perfectly suited a couple who spent so much of their imaginative time practising an art focused on the domestic: from the titanic castle where Mervyn’s most famous alter ego grows up – Titus Groan, protagonist of the Gormenghast books – to the open windows and almost empty rooms that feature in Maeve’s paintings of the period, exposed to the winds of an island surrounded by dizzying cliffs. Adrift in the ocean between England and France they could concentrate on the haunted inner spaces and strange bodily and architectural surfaces that obsessed them, exploring their imaginative relationships with each other, their children, and the diverse coterie of friends and fascinating strangers – real and imagined – they had gathered outside the family circle.

Maeve Gilmore, Sark Interior

The Lost Uncle is an explorer, a word that conjures up the epic travels of the adventurers who helped to forge the image of the British Empire: men like James Cook, David Livingston, Burton and Speke, Burke and Wills or Captain Scott, whose stories featured in the boy’s magazines read by Mervyn in his childhood. Many of these explorers ended their lives lost and wandering in an alien landscape, their links to the Empire severed by distance, their isolation sometimes intensified by their refusal to learn from indigenous populations. After their deaths they were hailed as heroes, their tragic ends held up as models for active young men being trained in the service of imperialism. Mervyn’s Lost Uncle shares their isolation and their sometimes gimcrack heroism – he is always improvising hairs’-breadth escapes from unforeseen dangers – but the Empire from which he has severed himself seems to have splintered into fragments, like the ice floe ‘the size of Kent’ on which he finds himself stranded at the start of the narrative [p. [7]), a symbolic representation of the slow disintegration of the island of Great Britain along with its colonial acquisitions. He hopes his account of his travels will find its way to the Natural History Museum in Kensington, but has no idea if the building still exists. The ship on which he sails at one point is called the S S Em, which he thinks may be short for Empire or maybe Emu (p. [31]), the syllable ‘Em’ invoking both a lost imperial power and a funny-looking bird from one of its colonies, as if the former may have mutated into the latter. The stamp he uses to send his letters displays not the head of the British Emperor at the time of writing, George VI, but the leonine ‘Emperor of the Snows’, the stamp itself having been manufactured by ‘Esquimaux’ rather than the Royal Mail (p. [22]).[7] The rapidly-drifting ice floe, and the general absence of placenames in the Uncle’s narrative (apart from the section set in London), suggest that the map of the world is in constant flux, no longer fixed to the walls of schoolrooms with the British territories clearly marked in red, but instead sketched hastily in erasable pencil on fragile paper as places and beasts appear and vanish before the sketcher’s eyes.

Even climatic zones have become confused in the Uncle’s world. In the Polar Regions of the title, polar vultures, polar snakes and polar beetles cohabit with polar bears, narwhals and ‘sea elephants’ (i.e. elephant seals), so that the jungles he explored in his early years somehow overlap with the icy lands to which he has dedicated himself in his maturity. The icy waste where he finally finds the great White Lion has both northern polar bears and southern penguins in it, as well as antelopes and ‘snow serpents’. If the Uncle’s pages are a mess, with their errata, smudges and spillages, the world he inhabits shares in this messiness, no longer organised around national borders, trade routes and zoological categories, but spontaneously reshaping itself from moment to moment, at the whim of the words and pencils with which it is described.

The Uncle’s adriftness extends to his home life as well as his severance from nations and empires. The ‘4th Letter’ tells his back story, describing how he found himself alienated from his relatives pretty much from birth. He ran away from home as a week-old baby (just like Peter Pan),[8] and was afterwards forcibly ‘strapped […] down in a cradle’ until ‘I was old enough to go to school’ (p. [25]); this is the closest he comes in his narrative to mentioning his parents, who feature only as an implicit part of the collective ‘they’ who seek to coerce him into compliance from an early age. The rest of his youth is spent in an equally traumatic state of forced detention. On his first day at boarding school he drinks so much ink that he is confined to bed once more until he is old enough to leave, and on returning home he runs away for a second time, comes home again because he is hungry, eats his way through the larder, and promptly falls ill ‘until I was twenty-two, when I married’ (p. [26]) (we never learn how he managed to meet his wife while bedbound). Later he runs away again, this time from his marriage, infuriating his wife and her many siblings. Even his relationship with the nephew to whom he writes his letters begins on a shaky footing: ‘I didn’t like you much at first,’ he explains in the 4th Letter (p. [38]), despite never having met him. The 4th Letter, in fact, represents the Uncle as a lifelong Robinson Crusoe, marooned in his youth among the teeming masses of London, just as he is later self-marooned among the waves of an endless ocean, or the equatorial jungles, or the featureless polar snows.

Perhaps this is because his home life and his native city share in the topographical confusion of the world beyond, so that the Uncle considers himself an explorer in the wilderness of his own back yard. He transforms his London house into an urban jungle by bringing home a range of live specimens (‘different kinds of insects, mushrooms and rats’, p. [28]) and storing them in the lounge. He carves the leg of his wife’s favourite armchair into a pipe, which he then takes with him on his travels. As his wife grows increasingly hostile to him – quite reasonably so in view of his habits – he takes to living on the streets, sleeping on a bench in Cannon Street Station and passing his days in the Natural History Museum (with its eccentric collection of stuffed creatures from all regions and all periods), or sketching the statues of lions in Trafalgar Square. In doing so, he underlines his conviction that central London is a jungle, a belief he shares with his creator Mervyn, who went ‘headhunting’ – sketching the heads of random strangers – on the London Tube and in its streets and squares throughout his life. Even when the Uncle decides to abandon the S S Em and sets out on his travels by himself, he constructs an improvised raft made of an upturned table with a wooden chair strapped to it, wrapping himself for warmth in a homely eiderdown which he later stuffs with orchid stalks to use as tobacco. By building his table raft he signals the continuity between domestic space and the nonhuman wild spaces from which it springs and on which it ultimately depends. The raft also affirms Mervyn’s instinctive belief that in the context of post-war Britain, a house where such a table, chair and eiderdown might be found could be readily thought of as unmoored, engaged in a state of constant motion through strange waters.

Despite his tendency to run away from institutions of Empire – nurseries, schools, cities, museums, houses, marriage – the Lost Uncle takes with him on his travels many elements of colonialist masculinity. His unflattering drawings and descriptions of his pointedly nameless wife (e.g. ‘the end of her nose grew as cold as ice, and her ears burned like beetroots’, p. [29]) imply a misogyny that would have been very familiar to the imperialist boy heroes of the nineteenth century. His bowler hat, which he never takes off, aligns him with the bourgeois denizens of the City of London, the bankers and brokers who are compared to ‘Vampires’ in a poem Mervyn wrote around the same time as Lost Uncle.[9] As if to underscore his continued commitment to his imperialist roots, the Uncle blithely ignores the presence of indigenous people in the lands he explores. The ‘esquimaux’ of the Arctic are only hinted at by the existence of their stamp, while he only ever encounters one inhabitant of the equatorial jungles, a ‘pigmy’ who is chased up a tree by a crocodile (p. [60]), and who is of interest to him solely because he lets fall, as he climbs, a letter with the lion stamp fixed to the envelope. Local people in other places get subsumed into the landscape, becoming a peripheral presence in what he calls the ‘coloured ports’ and ‘black harbours’ (p. [32]). At the same time, the Uncle repeatedly appropriates the tools of indigenous people, from kayaks, igloos and harpoons to birchbark canoes, dugouts, coracles and wigwams or tepees. The same colonial attitude that designed and filled the great museums of London – the Victoria and Albert, the Science Museum, the Natural History Museum, and the nearby British Museum – manifests itself both in the Uncle’s appearance and in his methods of exploration.

Chief among these methods, of course, is his exploitation of the turtle dog, Jackson. Jackson is the Jim to the Lost Uncle’s superannuated Huckleberry Finn, an embodiment of the unease experienced by many white writers in representing people of colour at a time when British and other colonialisms were being dismantled all over the world. The Uncle describes his first meeting with Jackson soon after he has written about the only Black character in the book, the ‘negro’ with whom he shares his cabin on the S S Em (p. [29]). This man never gets named, and we only ever encounter him in his sleep, when the Uncle decides not to wake him and tell him of his plan to leave the ship on a raft. The Uncle therefore sets out on his raft alone, unlike Huck Finn, and is at first supremely happy in his solitude. But as a son of Empire, however keen to disengage himself from the Empire’s conventional citizens as embodied in his wife and family, the Uncle cannot finally imagine embarking on a voyage of discovery without a convenient indigenous servant by his side. He finds one on a beach of red sand ‘littered’ with what he calls turtle dogs, a term that combines the traits of a faithful animal companion – a dog, which has so often been recruited to pull explorers’ sledges – and a water-dwelling reptile, whose shell suggests both the ability to take your home with you wherever you go and the impenetrable obduracy of its wearer. When he first sees Jackson, the Uncle at once decides he will ‘be useful […] as a beast of burden – and possibly as a friend’ (p. [36]), identifying him as both human and nonhuman in a manner that has proved convenient for enslavers and exploitative employers since the beginning of time. The enslaver analogy is reinforced by the Uncle’s claim that Jackson was lazy when he first met him (‘as you can see [from the picture] there was not much life in J’) and that he had to be coerced into servitude (he ‘didn’t want to come with me at first’). Despite this, the Uncle claims elsewhere that Jackson is happy to be exploited: ‘he has always been quite willing to help,’ he tells his nephew, ‘although I have never seen him smile’ (p. [48]). ‘Also’, he adds, ‘he does not mind me hammering nails into his back to hang things on’; the use of ‘back’ here for ‘shell’ underscores the parallel with the abusive practices of slavers. So too does this sentence from the first letter: ‘I wouldn’t swap him for six tins of condensed milk or a jug of hot rum’ (p. [8]). At this stage, the Uncle talks about Jackson as a useful object, like the ‘things’ the turtle dog carries on his nail-studded shell – though the use of the pronoun ‘him’, and the statement that the Uncle wouldn’t swap him, reassert Jackson’s incipient humanity.

The Uncle’s ‘retainer’ starts out as a figure of fun, whose function is to act as a foil to the irascible Uncle. Jackson’s head is always wrapped in a tattered kerchief, as if he suffers from a permanent cold; this makes him look like a housewife from illustrations of the 1940s, who kept her hair wrapped in a headscarf to protect it from dust. He seems unable to comprehend the simplest instructions until they have been repeated multiple times. His clumsiness leaves traces all over the Uncle’s pages in the form of spillages and footprints, and he seems to be voiceless, like a silent movie comic; as the Uncle puts it, he ‘has no conversation’ (p. [8]), which suggests he could speak if he wished but chooses not to. He can be funny because he is an imaginary creature, a hybrid being located somewhere between a sea- or land-dwelling animal and a person; his kind does not exist, which makes his exploitation by the Uncle somehow bearable. He can be funny too, perhaps, because he never complains about his treatment, though Mervyn makes it perfectly clear how unpleasant this treatment is. Even when Jackson develops a ‘beastly cough’ the Uncle has no sympathy for him at all, commenting tersely ‘Am very irritated’ (p. [57]); the word ‘beastly’ suggests that at this point the Uncle thinks of him more as a ‘beast of burden’ than a ‘friend’, while at other times the ‘friend’ aspect comes to the fore, as when the Uncle names a waterfall after him (though afterwards, the Uncle writes, ‘I wished I hadn’t’, p. [43]). Located at an uncertain point on the spectrum between humanity and animalism, beaked and shelled but possessing human-like arms and legs, Jackson avoids being wholly aligned with the enslaved people, exploited workers or abused women which his treatment conjures up, but unsettlingly invokes all three.

There is, however, something mysterious about Jackson; a quality that links him to the many strange animals he and the Uncle encounter in their wanderings. The Uncle never tells us anything about the culture Jackson came from, as embodied in the beach of red sand ‘with turtle dogs littered all over it’ where he finds him (p. [36]); the term ‘litter’ here summarises the explorer’s attitude to that culture, if he thinks of it at all. Jackson drifts into the narrative, in fact, out of the same hidden world that spawns the other beasts in Mervyn’s book. We learn nothing about the White Lion on the stamp, for instance, apart from his title, the ‘Emperor of the Snows’. We learn nothing about the ‘swarms of fishes’ that lift their ‘moonlit heads’ from the sea when the Uncle sings to express his happiness as he sails away from the S S Em on his table raft (p. [35]) (what draws them to him? We never learn). Or the swarms of little wailing creatures that suddenly appear on a particularly desolate tract of snow, ‘pouring themselves over the hills and wringing their hands as they ran’ (p. [59]); they disappear as suddenly as they came, leaving the Uncle with only the sense that ‘they were fleeing from the scene of some Arctic tragedy’. The snow-serpent that attacks the Uncle, forcing him to use his ‘swordfish’ leg to defend himself; the Polar beetle; the flock of Arctic vultures that assail the Uncle and Jackson from the air, ‘huge birds with bodies as big as dogs’’ and beaks ‘like scissors’ (p. [65]); what version of the Arctic do these creatures inhabit? The Uncle can never have seen them in the Natural History Museum; no wonder he thinks it may have vanished. Jackson shares his nature with these beings, all the more so because he is voiceless and has no back story. He cannot be categorised or fitted into any of the neat Linnaean lists beloved of imperial scientists; he is at home in some of the regions where the Uncle is only an interloper. Every now and then, too, his behaviour hints at a secret agenda inaccessible to his master/companion. When the Uncle’s life is in danger he catches Jackson apparently ‘smiling behind his hand’ (p. [106]), but concludes that this is impossible because the turtle dog has ‘never used any expressions before’ – except once, again at a time when the Uncle’s life was in danger, ‘but that was his nervousness’, the Uncle thinks, ‘or else colic’. Jackson and the other beings of the wild occupy an unseen, unspoken space to which the Uncle only has limited access.

At the same time, the Uncle himself seems to be gradually mutating into one of these beings of the wild. He has a missing leg, which has been replaced with what he insists is the spike of a swordfish but is clearly a narwhal tusk, with its distinctive corkscrew spiral. This leg makes him literally part animal, and it’s the part of his body that proves most useful in protecting him against the dangers of the wilderness. In the course of the book we see it being used to skewer a hungry wolf, to pin a snow-serpent to a tree, to fend off vultures, to stop Jackson and the Uncle from sliding off an icy cliff by being employed as an impromptu ice axe, and to anchor them both to the ice when a tornado threatens to blow them away. The Uncle’s leg-spike, in other words, helps him adapt to the environments he moves through, serving as a twisted bridge between his humanity and the wilderness he has always been drawn to. The fact that he is drawn to the wild and its animals is confirmed by the many drawings he makes of them (is there a pun intended? Mervyn loved puns), from a knotted-tail moose (another nonexistent creature) to a cheese-loving shark, from apes, crocodiles and cockatoos to penguins, gulls, polar vultures, puffins and a white crow. His intention in tracking down the great White Lion is not to shoot him, as colonial big game hunters would have done, but to take a picture of him with his box camera, paying homage to his life without depriving him of it; despite his love of museums, he will bring no body home to be stuffed and mounted in a glass case. But the loss of the camera in a snowstorm forces the Uncle instead to make yet more drawings of the Lion when he finds him, a much more bodily form of record-keeping than photography. The artist’s stare that lies behind each sketch – a total commitment to studying the distinctive shape and selfhood of the object at which the artist stares, as Mervyn explains in his little pamphlet on The Craft of the Lead Pencil (1946)[10] – involves a surrender of the self, an immersion in the other, which seems very far from an imperialist attitude. The Uncle is, like Mervyn himself, an itinerant and eccentric artist, and this sets him apart from the Empire far more effectively than his vocation as an explorer.

The Uncle’s relationship with Jackson, too, gradually grows to resemble something like companionship as the story unfolds. The Uncle’s abuse of him, after all, is part of his general irascibility, which he expresses in the language of pirates or whalers. He is constantly using piratical phrases (‘Blubber take this thumb mark’, ‘Hags blubber’, ‘O blubber it’, Oh blubberation’) which fuse his own oversized body with the many targets of his wrath, and he himself is as often the object of his disgust as Jackson is (‘Pickle my blubber!’, he remarks repeatedly, as well as ‘Oh blubber him!’). The Uncle also shares with Jackson a tendency to clumsiness: he stains his own letters with thumb prints, blood from a cut finger and washing up water, as often as Jackson spills soup or coffee over it. If Jackson is feminised by his headscarf, the Uncle feminises himself – in his own opinion – by using a typewriter (‘Pickle my blubber! But it makes me feel like a woman, writing this letter to England’, p. [4]), as well as by his housekeeping and his role as Jackson’s carer. If Jackson does not share the Uncle’s investment in the Arctic Sublime, the Uncle does not share Jackson’s fears or understand his emotions – at least at first. Both are separated from the cultures that reared them, both are isolated in the Polar wastes, both subsist on the same food and share the same rough quarters. The Uncle even has a kind of shell in the form of the eiderdown stuffed full of orchid stalks which he carries with him at all times; and at one point Jackson hides under the eiderdown without the Uncle even noticing. The pair have more in common than the Uncle cares to admit.

As the book goes on, too, the Uncle begins to refer to himself and Jackson as an inseparable unit. In the first half of the book, the Uncle speaks of himself always in the singular, as if all his travels were solitary ones (an Arctic wolf ‘sprang at me’, p. [15], ‘I came to […] a forest of trees that had been frozen into skeletons’, p. [18], ‘the beasts I met with on the way’, p. [20], ‘I’m approaching his dominion’, p. [54]). Jackson is thrust to the margins as if he were no more than a piece of the luggage he carries. Increasingly, though, the Uncle speaks of the pair as ‘us’ and ‘we’, a change that begins in the long twelfth letter which describes the first part of their final approach to the Lion’s lair. On this last stage of his quest the Uncle tends to Jackson’s wounds, shares his burdens, and saves his life on one occasion by pinning him to the ice with his leg-spike moments before the turtle dog slides into a crevasse. On another occasion Jackson must rotate the Uncle’s body, holding onto his sound leg, in order to screw him into the ice and save them both from the devastating force of the tornado; at this point it is the Uncle who serves as an object, the turtle dog who has agency. The Uncle continues to be enraged by Jackson’s obtuseness, but he also shows some sympathy for his feelings; for instance, when the turtle dog is terrified by seeing living fish under the ice beneath their feet the Uncle carries him ‘for quite a long time […] with all our belongings nailed to his back’ (p. [103]). At the climax of their journey, the Uncle and Jackson finally share the same emotions as they scale a snow-covered hill which turns out to be the Lion’s sleeping body: ‘When we reached the top we stared around us, and still could see no reason for the excitement which both of us felt more than ever’ (p. [107], my emphasis). In their isolation from the rest of humankind there’s a growing sense of mutual interdependence about them, which the Uncle can only ever express in action, saving Jackson’s life, binding his wounds, building shelters for them both and cooking their meals while continuing to shower the unfortunate turtle dog with insults.

Their severance from humankind, after all, is also a severance from its dominant narratives, including the narratives that govern hierarchy. The Uncle’s seeming commitment to science, for instance, which manifested itself in his youthful collection of live specimens and his visits to the museum, turns out to be vastly subordinate to his sense of the beautiful and the sublime; the sublime in the Burkean sense being something whose scale and causes cannot be adequately measured, understood or even communicated, the polar opposite of scientific discourse. We’ve already seen how he has become detached from the narrative of imperialism, carrying with him only broken scraps of it embedded in his body and mind. And his seeming connection to his family, through the nephew to whom he addresses his string of letters, only stresses his detachment from familial narratives. The Uncle does not seem to know or care how the nephew is related to him, or his age, or where he lives, or anything about his personality (he may be ‘very stupid’, as the Uncle points out at one point, p. [55]); so that he comes across less as a person than as a necessary manifestation of the old man’s desire to express his yearning for the Lion, a yearning which for most of his life no one else has shared. In his mind, too, the Uncle seems to model this nephew on himself, assuming or hoping that he will be more interested in strange events and wild adventures than in lounges, tables or chairs (at least, when the tables and chairs in question are firmly settled on a middle-class carpet). This invented nephew is as much a rebel against familial narratives as a product of them, and as liable to run away from their constraints as the Uncle himself.

Meanwhile, there seems to be a different narrative at work in the Uncle’s adventures, one to which the Uncle himself is forever marginal. Towards the end of his quest for the Lion one begins to sense that the real action is always happening elsewhere, out of reach of the artist’s pencil or the poet’s typewriter. This feeling starts to develop in the fifth letter, I think, as the Uncle confesses his lack of success in the quest so far. All he has found of the Lion is ‘strange rumours’, he tells us (p. [54]), but he never goes on to explain what these rumours are. He feels he is getting closer, but feelings are all he has, not evidence; he says he has discovered some ‘clues’ but never lists them (p. [63]). His travels have always been marked, in fact, by the Lion’s absence: ‘I scoured the tropics – he wasn’t there. Cancer and Capricorn had never heard of him. I scrutinized every inch of the equator and he wasn’t there, either. […] Sometimes I thought I was nearing his boundaries only to be disappointed’ (pp. [55] and [60]). He is certain, he adds, that ‘something exciting is going to happen tomorrow’ (p. [60]), but nine more days pass without incident (‘I can’t think why nothing important is happening because I am sure I am close to the White Lion’, he complains on day five, p. [63]), and when something does take place, it happens off stage. A swarm of wailing, hand-wringing creatures hurries across the snow past the Uncle and Jackson, turning the snow black with their bodies, like a sheet of paper being blackened by ink, but we never find out what is being written on the page or what ‘tragedy’ they are running from. The sea-elephants, on the other hand, seem to know all about it, since they break through the Arctic ice after the creatures’ passing and begin to ‘bellow […] as though they also knew that there was a tragedy happening somewhere which they had only just heard about’ (p. [65]). Knowledge is power, an imperialist might say, but in the latter stages of the Uncle’s narrative knowledge is always possessed by the nonhuman other.

The reference in this, the eleventh letter, to some unseen ‘tragedy’ invokes a piece of high culture, something that might have been penned by some Polar Aeschylus or Sophocles. From this point on, further works of high culture reveal themselves in the Arctic wastes, detached from the contexts that shape such artefacts in the fields we know. A sudden wind blows up, lifting the snow for miles around into a mile-high column which suddenly collapses to create a pyramid of snow, invoking some lost nonhuman civilization. Lights appear beneath an expanse of translucent ice as they are crossing it, turning the surface into a vast piece of stained glass not made by human hands (pp. [101-103]). A seeming ‘city of glass churches’ appears on the horizon (p. [100]), the biggest of which the Uncle dubs ‘the shining cathedral’ (p. [104]): monuments to an unknown religion, whose architects, priests and worshippers are not human. In this cathedral gathers a host of polar animals to witness the final act of the mysterious Emperor of the Snows; among them are representatives of all the strange species we have encountered in the book, as well as many others. These creatures know, it seems, what’s about to happen, and the Uncle and Jackson do not share this knowledge. All the same, they take their place in the congregation, finally united with the beings they have fought against and consumed throughout their journey. They are abruptly animals alongside other animals, and in this capacity the Uncle sets aside all prior narratives in favour of witnessing the Lion’s last act without speculating on its purpose, meaning, or significance to science.

The White Lion is the final work of high culture they encounter, a work that declares its independence from imperialist discourse. The Uncle’s obsession with the beast was never rooted in a colonial rationale; from the start his quest was deeply unscientific, based on the image on a stamp and his youthful delight in drawing the four lion statues in Trafalgar Square, one after the other, without noticing until the end that they were all identical. His search for the Lion has strayed with anarchic randomness from one extreme of the earth’s environment to the other, from the equator to the Pole – scarcely a Darwinian journey towards enlightenment. The beast’s whiteness may seem to make it an icon of white supremacy, but the all-encompassing whiteness of the Poles and many of their animal inhabitants ensure that whiteness in this story is not exclusive; rather it’s a sign of infinite possibility, like the whiteness of unpainted canvas or unmarked paper. The Lion’s shape recalls the various uses of the lion as an imperialist symbol, not least in the lion statues of Trafalgar Square; the Lion’s title supports this association. Lions in Mervyn’s work, however, are without exception past their prime, if they ever had one: from Headmaster Bellgrove in Gormenghast (1950), whose face resembles that of a lion with bad teeth, to the idiotic but self-satisfied lion in the play Noah’s Ark (1950s); from the enslaved lion-man in the novella Boy in Darkness (1956), who crumbles to dust as he unleashes his last roar, to the battered toy protagonist of Burgess Drake’s children’s novel The Book of Lyonne (1952), which Peake illustrated, who keeps a boy’s pyjamas in his zip-up tummy, favours ‘Demi-cratic’ principles and ‘listens to the voice of the Common People’ (p. 258) instead of imposing his will on his fellow toys.[11] The Lion in Letters from a Lost Uncle has a throne in an ice cathedral, cementing his status as King of Beasts and perhaps invoking the Lion of Judah, a figure of Christ. But he is blind (like the monstrous Lamb in Boy in Darkness) and ‘ready to die’, as the Uncle sees the moment he sets eyes on him (p. [112]). Having stalked to the ice cathedral – which is also a stage, with the animal audience arranged in tiers as if in a Greek or Roman amphitheatre – the Lion rears up, gives a final roar, and transforms itself into another work of art, a sculpture made of ice. All its cultural and religious resonances are at this stage consigned to the past, and it becomes a sublime spectacle, powerful only in its emotional and aesthetic impact on those who see it first hand after an arduous journey, such as the Uncle’s quest. Its ‘long and fabulous […] life’ (p. [117]), about which we have learned nothing, comes to an end, leaving only the fables of the Uncle’s, Jackson’s and now the reader’s imagination.

The White Lion, then, invokes a world in which old narratives have come to an end. The Uncle, too, is old, and has passed on his vision of the Lion’s death to a new generation – embodied in his nephew – to make of it what they wish. Soon afterwards the Uncle himself merges with the Arctic landscape, just as the beast did. We don’t know where he is going; we only know that he has been liberated from the quest that has driven him so far. The ‘Last Letter’ ends with him sharpening his leg-spike (now a ‘sword-spike’, like the weapon of some quixotic knight, p. [127]) and setting off into the snow to collect a wolf-skin from one of the carcasses slain in a fight between wolves and reindeer. Jackson has been ‘excited’ by the fight (p. [126]), while the Uncle regards it as nothing special after the spectacle of the Lion’s death – a direct reversal of their usual emotional reactions. But the letter’s final page shows the Uncle and Jackson side by side beneath an Arctic sky in which hangs an array of strange signs resembling waves and compass roses, a hint at further sublimity to come. The fact that we do not know what shape that sublimity will take makes of the book’s ending an opening out from the narrow bounds of Empire, and of imperial narratives of all kinds. The fact that both the Uncle and Jackson are shown on this page as tiny, insignificant figures (and the Uncle seems to be waving goodbye with his harpoon) clears a space for new protagonists – perhaps without the Uncle’s unsettling traits, though presumably with plenty of new ones of their own – to perform in the paper theatres of the future. In fact, the last few pages of Mervyn’s book repeatedly show the Uncle and Jackson side by side and dwarfed by the wonders of the North. By the end these wonders have taken centre stage, like the Lion, and their part human, part animal witnesses have dwindled to the size of the wailing and hand-wringing little creatures that swarmed over the horizon at the start of the final phase of the Uncle’s journey.

There is nothing in art or literature, I think, remotely like Letters from a Lost Uncle, but it is packed with clear allusions to other works of art and literature. Its creation through word and image of two new mythic beings, the Uncle and Jackson, invokes the work of one of Mervyn’s heroes, William Blake. There are echoes here, too, of Moby Dick (1851), whose plot is equally simple and involves a quest for a mysterious white whale: the Uncle has a missing leg, like Captain Ahab, and substitutes for it a prosthesis fashioned from a narwhal’s tusk (Ahab uses a whalebone’s jaw). William Heath Robinson’s The Adventures of Uncle Lubin (1902) involves an uncle’s quest to find his baby nephew, little Peter, who was stolen by a wicked bagbird – a quest that takes him through lands as many and various as the districts traversed by Mervyn’s adventurer; it seems possible that Heath Robinson’s uncle and nephew inspired Peake to place an Uncle and his absent nephew at the core of his narrative. And then there is J. M. Barrie’s Peter and Wendy (1911), whose protagonist is trapped like the Uncle in a perpetual cycle of irresponsible action and wild adventure. Mervyn’s Lost Uncle taps, too, into his lifelong love of pirates (his missing limb and nautical turn of phrase invoke Long John Silver or Captain Hook) and Western movies (since he is a nameless, solitary hero perpetually on the move, accompanied only by a sidekick whose principal functions are to carry his things and be rescued from danger). The high cultural aspect of the Uncle’s quest is, then, commingled with images from popular culture, so that it invokes both Don Quixote with his sidekick Sancho Panza[12] and the Lone Ranger with his sidekick Tonto,[13] both Robinson Crusoe with his indigenous companion Friday and the mendicant odd couples of cinema, such as Laurel and Hardy, or of the stage, such as Estragon and Vladimir in Waiting for Godot (1952). Several of these relationships involve the same kind of abuse as the Uncle’s with Jackson, troublingly bound together with mutual dependence and intermittent signs of real affection.

At the same time, the book is linked to the lives of the Peakes in ways that go far beyond the Uncle’s status as a migrant artist. The igloos he builds recall an igloo Mervyn built for his sons, Sebastian and Fabian, in the garden of their house on Sark, while the Uncle’s adventures recall the pictures Mervyn drew for the boys each Sunday in a series of exercise books known as ‘The Sunday Books’, full of pirates, indigenous Americans, ships and animals. The boys proposed the subjects of the pictures and Mervyn wove them into his stories; there are even some stamps among the sketches, one (perhaps) drawn for Sebastian, full of things beginning with B (a bus, a bull, a bicycle, a cricket bat, a baby), another for Fabian, as well as a lion which closely resembles the ‘lion on the stamp’ as depicted on the dustjacket of Letters from a Lost Uncle.[14] In addition, the back cover of the dustjacket bears the image of a wax seal stamped with the names ‘Sebastian, Fabian, Maeve’, as if to confirm that the contents have been sent out into the world from their island home. There’s even an in-joke in the narrative which could only have been appreciated by members of the family and some of their friends: the name of the ship on which the Uncle sails, the S. S. Em, invokes the acronym S. S. M., which stands for the School for the Sons of Missionaries – Eltham College – which Mervyn attended in his boyhood.[15] The Uncle, meanwhile, joins the parade of bizarre relatives Mervyn wrote about throughout his career, most notably the Uncles and Aunts he mentions in the poems ‘How Good It Is to Be Alone’, ‘My Uncle Paul of Pimlico’, ‘It Makes a Change’, ‘What a Day It’s Been’, ‘Uncle George’, ‘The Threads Remain’, ‘Crown Me with Hairpins’ and above all ‘Aunts and Uncles’, which contains a list of eccentric characters most of whom are transformed into animals.[16]

Letters from a Lost Uncle, then, is rooted in the moment of its creation, the immediate postwar period when the future could be said to have opened up as it opens up at the end of Mervyn’s book. It draws deeply on literary and artistic history as well as on the history of Mervyn’s family, and marks a point when post-imperial possibilities point towards a potentially vibrant future from a shabby present and a dishonourable British past. Its calculatedly chaotic and improvised nature – with its typos, blots and scribbled handwritten corrections and annotations – insist on the fact that the next moment in time or history cannot be predicted, since all familiar narratives have been disrupted. It is in a sense post-apocalyptic, like Dominic Hill’s 2026 production of Waiting for Godot at the Citizen’s Theatre in Glasgow. Apocalypse takes place in it, in the form of baffling signs and portents, and the Uncle and Jackson tramp their way past them into the unwritten time to come. It’s therefore also a key work of the mid-twentieth century, and one that continues to resonate in our own apparently apocalyptic moment. It deserves, and badly needs, a new edition.

My own beloved copy, bought in 1977.

Bibliographical note

My essay ends with that last sentence. What follows is a bibliographical note about an error that occurs in all known editions of Letters from a Lost Uncle, and you should only read on if you have a copy (digital or analogue) and are interested in the question of whether or not your copy is accurate. I would suggest that it is not, because as far as I can make out no copy of the book has ever been correctly printed. I shall explain this contention here.

It’s widely accepted by Mervyn’s biographers that he was unhappy with the single edition of the book that appeared in his lifetime, for reasons he gave in a letter quoted by John Watney in his early biography: first, Mervyn didn’t think much of the way the book was printed, and secondly, he was annoyed that the price on the dustjacket had been altered from seven shillings and sixpence to three shillings and sixpence, ‘thus giving the book a second-hand look from the very outset’.[17] One error he didn’t mention, however, was that some pages of the first edition had been printed in the wrong order. I first noticed this when I started puzzling over one of the Uncle’s handwritten comments, scribbled under a drawing on p. [5] of my edition (the unpaginated Picador edition of 1977, which largely reproduces the first edition of 1948). ‘I’d forgotten’, the Uncle writes, ‘that I’d already drawn a sea-elephant – not that it matters’. My edition had no drawing of a sea-elephant on any of the preceding pages; the only other such drawing in the book occurs at the top of p. [11], which shows a ‘sea-leopard’  [i.e. a leopard seal] and an elephant-seal, both carefully labelled. I then noticed that the typed prose on p. [11] begins with the word ‘and’ with a lower-case ‘a’, suggesting that the sentence has been carried over from the page before. At the same time, p. [10] ends with a full stop, which means this cannot have been the page that was meant to precede p. [11]. P. [4] of my edition, on the other hand, ends with an unfinished sentence: ‘Not only this, but what with Jackson to be unloaded before he curls up to sleep, and what with my leg-spike to polish’, followed by an ellipsis; and the sentence on p. [11] completes it perfectly: ‘and the sea-leopard stew to prepare for supper, I can’t think why I began this letter tonight of all times’. This suggests that p. [11] – along with p. [12], which follows on from it seamlessly – should actually be pp. [5]-[6].

I would also suggest that pp. [5]-[6] in my edition should in fact be pp. [11]-[12] – in other words, that both pairs of pages have been accidentally transposed. This is more difficult to justify, but the transposition makes sense for a number of reasons. First, the existing p. [5] ends with a handwritten note saying that the Uncle had forgotten he had already drawn an elephant seal (which he here calls a ‘sea-elephant’ before correcting himself to ‘elephant-seal’, presumably because his first drawing of it was labelled with the latter term). It seems unlikely the Uncle would have forgotten this between making the drawing on p. [5] and a drawing only two pages later in the same opening letter. Secondly, if the current pp. [5]-[6] were repositioned as pp. [11]-[12] the portrait of the Uncle on p. [12] (previously p. [6]) would be followed by his detailed discussion of it on p. [13]: ‘Even if the drawing of me isnt a speaking likeness, I do know that I have only one eye’ etc. The lead-up to the portrait on p. [6] makes better sense, too, if we move pp. [5]-[6] to pp. [11]-[12]. On p. [10] the Uncle writes ‘Perhaps you have never heard of me before?’, and the swap would mean he follows this comment with the detailed verbal description that’s currently on p. [5], and with the drawing of himself on the current p. [6]. The description would then be completed by his further discussion of the drawing on p. [13].

It’s worth mentioning one more thing that would need correcting in any new edition of Letters, and this is the fact that no edition after the first has reprinted pp. [24]-[25] as they appeared in the first edition (drawings from these missing pages were added to the endpapers of the book’s second edition of 1976, but are not present in any later ones). These pages were originally removed, G. Peter Winnington suggests, to reduce the length of the book to the standard 132-page format.[18]

I can imagine a new and perfect edition of Letters from a Lost Uncle, but only time will tell if it can ever come into existence. The problem is made worse by the alterations in pen which Mervyn made to some of his pencil drawings in his last illness; these have changed the look of the drawings radically, and a reprint would need to consider whether to keep these alterations, in recognition of his changing abilities as he succumbed to Parkinson’s Disease, or whether to return instead to the first edition as the most finished edition we possess, making only one change, which is to swap the two transposed sets of pages. Of course if you have a first edition you could simply read it in the new order I’ve suggested. But do read it, in whatever version you can get hold of.

NOTES

[1] Maeve Gilmore, A World Away (1970), in Mervyn Peake: Two Lives (London: Vintage, 1999), p. 4.

[2] Clare Peake, Under a Canvas Sky: Living Outside Gormenghast (London: Constable, 2011), p. 23, quoting Patricia Herington, who was the Peakes’ neighbour as a child. Also quoted in Lucy Scholes, Maeve Gilmore, Modern Women Artists (n.p.: Eiderdown Books, 2026), p. 36. Scholes gives a detailed account of Maeve’s murals in the Peakes’ Chelsea home on pp. 36-39.

[3] Mervyn Peake, Letters from a Lost Uncle (from Polar Regions), Picador (London: Pan Books, 1977), p. [12]. All references are to this edition, which is unpaginated; I’ve therefore supplied page numbers in square brackets throughout.

[4] G. Peter Winnington, Mervyn Peake’s Vast Alchemies: The Illustrated Biography (London: Peter Owen, 2009), p. 228.

[5] From The Drawings of Mervyn Peake (London: Grey Walls Press, 1949), cited in Mervyn Peake: Writings and Drawings, ed. Maeve Gilmore and Shelagh Johnson (London: Academy Editions and New York: St Martin’s Press, 1974), p. 80.

[6] See M. C. Rast, ‘Ireland’s sister nations’: internationalism and sectarianism in the Irish struggle for independence, 1916–22’, Journal of Global History, 2015, Volume 10, Issue 3, pp. 479-501.

[7] In fact, George VI lost his title ‘Emperor of India’ when India won independence in 1947, the year before the book was published.

[8] Peter Pan in Kensington Gardens tells us that Peter ran away (by flying out of the nursery window) ‘when he was seven days old’, and that as a result his age is always one week. J. M. Barrie, Peter Pan in Kensington Gardens and Peter and Wendy, Oxford World Classics (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1999), p. 12.

[9] ‘The Men in Bowler Hats are Sweet’, in Mervyn Peake, Complete Nonsense, ed. R. W. Maslen and G. Peter Winnington, Fyfield Books (Manchester: Carcanet, 2011), p. 148. Cf the final stanza:

The Men in Bowler Hats are sweet
Beneath their bowler hats.
It’s not their fault if, in the heat
Of their Transactions; I repeat,
It’s not their fault if Vampires meet
And gurgle in their spats.

[10] ‘HOW TO STARE […] Scrutinize the object for a long while. Try to understand its shape, its solidity, or outline, or texture, or whatever it is that interests you about it – and then after the long stare – when you know what you want to record, begin.’ Mervyn Peake, The Craft of the Lead Pencil (London: Allan Wingate, 1946), pp. 2-3.

[11] The Book of Lyonne features a tortoise who looks exactly like Jackson in Mervyn’s illustration, down to the kerchief he wears around his head. See Burgess Drake, The Book of Lyonne (London: The Falcon Press, 1952), p. 21.

[12] The Peakes owned a copy of Don Quixote illustrated by Gustave Doré. See Sebastian Peake, Child of Bliss, in Mervyn Peake: Two Lives […] pp. 203-5.

[13] The two Lone Ranger movie serials of 1938 and 1939 were shown in UK cinemas at the time. The original Lone Ranger radio show was never broadcast in the UK.

[14] While the B picture seems to have been drawn as part of an alphabet – there is also a stamp showing objects beginning with A – I think it was drawn for Sebastian, because the capital B in it has been modified to become an anagram of SP, i.e. S[ebastian] P[eake]. The stamp I’m identifying as Fabian’s shows a boy in the cabin of a locomotive alongside the driver; the boy has blond hair, like Fabian, whereas Sebastian’s was brown. See Mervyn Peake and Michael Moorcock, The Sunday Books (London and New York: Duckworth Overlook, 2011), pp. 36-7 and p. 38. A stamp showing objects beginning with A appears on p. 130. For the lion that resembles the lion on the stamp see p. 93.

[15] See Winnington, Mervyn Peake’s Vast Alchemies, p. 228.

[16] See Mervyn Peake, Complete Nonsense, ed. R. W. Maslen and G. Peter Winnington, Fyfield Books (Manchester: Carcanet, 2011), pp. 71-3, 86, 88, 90, 113, 123, 220 and 150-3.

[17] John Watney, Mervyn Peake (London: Abacus, 1977) p. 103.

[18] See G. Peter Winnington’s bibliographical account of Letters from a Lost Uncle in his essential list of Peake’s work in print, available on the Peake Studies website here [https://peakestudies.com/parta.htm].

William Heath Robinson, The Adventures of Uncle Lubin (1902)

Some of my blog posts begin in one place and end somewhere completely different. This is a case in point. I started writing with the intention of talking about Mervyn Peake’s picture book Letters from a Lost Uncle from Polar Regions (1948), then started thinking about Peake’s debt to Heath Robinson’s much older book, and found myself with so much to say that the Peake post risked sinking under the weight of its excess Heath Robinson cargo. In any case I need to get a copy of the latest edition of the Letters to make my point about it properly, and I’ve used up my book allowance for the month, so here’s something on Heath Robinson instead.

Heath Robinson is best known now for designing elaborate machines to perform simple or surprising tasks; the term ‘a Heath Robinson contraption’ has entered the English language, and is still being used even by those who have never seen his drawings. His art, in other words, spills out of its confines within the pages of printed books to invade the world, introducing a new concept into everyday use, providing copy for magazines and advertising campaigns, appearing on crockery for children in the 1920s, lending its name to a code-breaking machine at Bletchley Park, and reshaping the history of film. Caractacus Potts uses Heath Robinson contraptions to make breakfast, manufacture sweeties and cut hair in the movie Chitty Chitty Bang Bang (1968), and the car of the title is a Heath Robinson contraption which takes on a life of its own, beginning as a straightforward Potts project to refurbish a vintage automobile and going on to become a flying, ocean-going, sentient vehicle that can put down tyrannies. The inventor Wallace in the Wallace and Gromit movies designs Heath Robinson contraptions to meet his needs, and many of those contraptions escape the limits of what they were made for, as in The Wrong Trousers (1993), where the titular piece of clothing goes rogue on the orders of a criminal penguin. Heath Robinson’s own inventions extend the interior space of buildings into the open air, allow weddings to take place in aeroplanes with the celebrant perched on a steeple, and enable the great monoliths of Stonehenge to tiptoe across Salisbury Plain while being used as camouflage by British troops on a training exercise. His inventions invoke the hectic inventiveness of the first half of the twentieth century, when domestic and urban time and space burst out of their previously stable boundaries, transforming the old into the sometimes ridiculously new, and catching ordinary men, women and children in an ever-expanding web of innovative technologies.

Heath Robinson’s penchant for eccentric technology is often traced to the first of his books for which he both wrote the words and drew the pictures, The Adventures of Uncle Lubin (1902).[1] There are improvised inventions in this book – a balloon driven to the moon by a crude propellor, a submarine which seems slightly too small to accommodate its pilot – but the most striking thing about Heath Robinson’s story is the tendency of familiar objects in it to take on a life and character of their own, from footwear and hats to umbrellas, swords, blunderbusses, birds, fish and babies (the last three being honorary objects thanks to their inarticulacy). Most strikingly of all, the illustrated book as object acquires a life of its own in Heath Robinson’s hands, its decorations taking control of the story instead of merely embellishing it. Look closely at Heath Robinson’s visual embellishments to Uncle Lubin and you’ll find that they have as many adventures as the old man of the title, enmeshing him in a dynamic, ever-changing universe where anything – or rather, any thing – can steer his narrative in unexpected directions on a whim. Things, in fact, have whims in Uncle Lubin, thus identifying the century at the beginning of which the book was published as one in which human beings would find themselves possessed and their fortunes steered by the unexpected agency of the objects they owned.

Heath Robinson’s picture book tells the story of an elderly uncle whose baby nephew, little Peter, is stolen by a wicked bag-bird while in his care. The bag-bird’s act of thievery succeeds on account of Uncle Lubin’s negligence – the old man was dozing when it happened – so Lubin must pursue the child across every region of the world, and beyond it, to atone for his lapse. His adventures involve difficult journeys, on foot and in gimcrack vessels, as far as the moon, the ‘Land of Chilblains’ (which looks much like one of the Poles), the depths of the ocean and an orientalised Eastern kingdom, before being reunited with little Peter in the final chapter. The book is organised into twelve short chapters or ‘Adventures’, and the twelve-part structure aligns it with the great English-language epics modelled on Virgil’s Aeneid, such as Spenser’s unfinished Faerie Queene or Milton’s Paradise Lost. There’s an imaginative ambition to it, in other words, which belies its short length and youthful readership, and suggests it is somehow larger than the sum of its parts. It strains at its seams, I’d suggest, and Heath Robinson makes the notion of bursting out of narrow confines the presiding principle of his composition.

This is largely the result of Heath Robinson’s games with the form and conventions of the Victorian illustrated novel. His book has a full-colour frontispiece (in the first edition), followed by title page, dedication, list of pictures and list of chapters (or ‘Adventures’), each richly decorated with drawings in black and white. Each Adventure has its own title page, and each pair of facing pages in each chapter includes a full-page framed illustration on the right, and a decorative initial capital on the left, followed by a carefully typeset text with a pen-and-ink drawing in the margin. There are also three wordless ‘display cases’, so to speak: two-page framed illustrations depicting some of the more significant moments in the Uncle’s travels. So far so conventional. But Robinson’s initial capitals and pen-and-ink drawings exist in complex dialogue with the framed illustrations that face them. The initial capital sometimes alters or expands upon some element of the framed illustration, while the drawing sometimes alludes to a quite different moment in Lubin’s adventures, not always implied by either the framed illustration or the accompanying text. The effect is that Robinson’s narrative spills out of the confines of the formal publishing conventions it follows. The carefully ruled borders of the largest illustrations cannot restrain the inventiveness of the artist’s pen, which finds new and surprising angles on the narrative in the marginal drawings, the initial capitals, and even the ornaments that decorate the other pages. The book’s visual images augment the verbal text rather than illustrating it; they tell a larger and more complex story, which implies that the narrative contained in the text is by no means a sufficient account of the dynamic world through which Lubin moves, and to which he responds with such improvisatory enthusiasm.

There are continuities, too, in the pictures which are not mentioned in the verbal text, but will quickly be picked up by the sharp-eyed observer. The recurrence of impish birds, for instance, suggests that an ornithological version of the story runs alongside the human one.[2] The wicked bag-bird first shows up in the title page of the first adventure, then again in the top left-hand corner of the first framed illustration in the book on p. 3, a gigantic quasi-saurian presence to which Lubin seems oblivious as he sings to his howling nephew in the vain hope of lulling him to sleep. The bird then takes over several pages of framed illustrations and marginal drawings, while also taking over the child and popping him into the bag beneath its beak. This bag, incidentally, makes it the first of many animated objects in the narrative, an airborne version of the capacious carpet bag Lubin carries with him on some of his adventures.

For a while the wicked bag-bird is the only bird in the book. Then abruptly there is another: a crudely fashioned little bird on top of a weathercock surmounting the mast of Uncle Lubin’s ‘beautiful boat’ in the third adventure (p. 25). The bird on the weathercock reappears in adventure number five, now attached incongruously to the mast of Uncle Lubin’s submarine (p. 47). Another living bird, meanwhile – this time (seemingly) a young bag-bird – appears on the title page of the fourth adventure, and again in the marginal drawing that follows, watching with interest as Lubin’s boat gets ‘frozen up’ in the Land of Chilblains (p. 38). The bag-bird itself appears soon after on an elongated iceberg (p. 40), still with little Peter in its beak-bag, and gets the better of Uncle Lubin once again; it seems more at home in the Poles than he is, which is presumably why its young are to be found there. In the sixth adventure Lubin meets a flock of seagulls in his submarine (now bereft of its weathercock) (p. 59), one of which watches him again with interest as he talks to a little mer-boy; again, they are more at home at sea than Lubin is, though his persistence in entering their natural environment seems to intrigue them.

So far, the birds seem to exist alongside Lubin, not interacting with him except when the wicked bag-bird gets involved. Then in the eighth adventure the nature of Lubin’s association with birds begins to change. Caught in a storm, Lubin seeks shelter under a tree and begins to climb it as the flood waters rise. In the first framed illustration of the chapter (p. 75), a tiny featherless chick flies through the rain (despite its lack of feathers) towards the adventurer, and perches in the second framed illustration on the crown of his hat. As the waters continue to rise the chick remains safely on the hat (p. 77), until in one marginal drawing only the crown of Lubin’s hat remains above the surface (p. 78), with the chick still perched on it; Lubin has become the chick’s protector, just as he sought to be the protector of his little nephew. In the final framed illustration of the chapter, Lubin climbs into his battered umbrella and sails safely away through the flooded landscape (p. 81), while the chick crows in triumph from his hat as if in celebration of the old man’s resourcefulness. The final picture in the chapter is a drawing of the chick in the middle of an empty page (p. 82), still crowing, perhaps in gratitude to its rescuer. There is no mention of the chick in the text of the chapter, but one gets a sense from the pictures that some corner has been turned in Lubin’s relationship with the natural world, and with birds in particular.

Sure enough, from this moment on Lubin’s connection to his feathered friends becomes a genial one. In the tenth adventure, three swallows fly around Lubin as he falls asleep in a seaside meadow (p. 93), and the happy dream that follows – in which he sees little Peter crowned King of the Fairies (pp. 94 and 95) – is full of tiny wings, as if inspired by the swallows. And the twelfth and final adventure features another of the recurring trees in the narrative (the first was the one he dozed under in his first adventure), a coconut palm, which drops a shower of coconuts on his head as he walks under it (p. 111). Unmentioned in the text, another little naked chick – larger than the one in the eighth adventure – falls on his head along with the coconuts, and a marginal drawing shows chick and man confronting each other (p. 110); the chick seems to be smiling in delight at being reunited with its elderly friend. The chick appears again, drawn much larger as if to emphasize its rapid maturation, in the following marginal drawing, and the framed illustration opposite shows Uncle Lubin climbing the palm tree to find out (as the text tells us) ‘who it was that could be so rude as to throw cocoa-nuts at him’ (p. 110). But the illustrations suggest he has another motive: he may be looking for the nest from which the chick came, and the bird, perhaps a bag-bird, that built it. He is also making the final gesture of solidarity with the birds; he saved a bird’s life in adventure number eight, and now he is climbing to the bird’s own home, which we might suspect will prove to be somehow Lubin’s home as well as the bag-bird’s.

Sure enough (again), in the final framed illustration of the adventure he finds a nest full of little bag-chicks with Peter in the midst of them, ‘warm and cosy and safe and sound’ (p. 114) – certainly more so than the little lost chicks we have encountered in the rest of the narrative. Lubin takes him home, of course, and the final drawing of the wicked bag-bird – all alone in the middle of an otherwise empty page (p. 116) – shows it weeping, clearly heartbroken at having lost its human protegé. The bag-bird, then, has its own story, one not explicitly told in Heath Robinson’s text. It is no less affectionate than Uncle Lubin, and no less lax in its childminding duties, though it has a ruder sense of humour (it laughs at him when it escapes him, still carrying Peter, on the moon and in the Land of Chilblains). If, then, it is a kind of alternative Lubin – who also has a bag, like the bag-bird, as I pointed out – then this final picture might well imply that it will act on its feelings and pursue little Peter through thick and thin, perhaps even stealing him back so that the story can begin all over again. Heath Robinson tells us at the end of the final adventure that Uncle Lubin and his nephew ‘got home quite safely and lived happily ever after’ (p. 114); but even if the text does not tell us anything about the return of the wicked bag-bird, the recommencement of Uncle Lubin’s adventures can reasonably be anticipated in spite of the apparent closure offered in these final words. After all, birds have been absent from the verbal text throughout the book, with the sole exception of the wicked bag-bird itself, yet we have seen them often in the pictures. Words don’t tell us everything; we need pictures, too, to make sense of the world in which we find ourselves. What the pictures tell us, as the text does not, is that Uncle Lubin and the bag-bird are in the end doubles of each other, which means that the bag-bird is not so wicked after all – unless one considers persistence in rescuing lost young things from perceived danger as a form of wickedness.

As I’ve suggested, other objects besides birds recur in Heath Robinson’s story, often finding their epiphanic moments in the narrative long after we’ve first encountered them. And in many cases, what they do at these moments is very different from what we might have expected (much like the wicked bag-bird, which turns out to be over-affectionate and mischievous rather than malevolent). Uncle Lubin carries a blunderbuss or gun, for instance, in the second adventure (p. 13), but he doesn’t use it in anger until the eleventh, when he shoots at a wasp that has settled on a Rajah’s nose (pp. 102-103); and it’s not the projectiles in his gun that drive off the wasp but the noise it makes when it ‘bursts’ to pieces (p. 104). In the third adventure he has an accordion strapped to his back (p. 25), which gets played for the first time in the ninth adventure, when he uses it to charm a dragon-snake (p. 87); this is a fairly conventional use of a musical instrument, of course, but the usual tool for snake-seduction is a pipe. His umbrella, which first appears in the second adventure as one of the items in his balloon (p. 13), finds its most effective use in the eighth adventure, when he turns it upside down and uses it as a boat to escape a flood, in anticipation of Winnie-the-Pooh. He carries a battered sword in several adventures (p. 39), but it only gets used in a story from Lubin’s past, and then not by Lubin himself. The story involves the boy Lubin’s encounter with a ‘funny little old man’ in an outsized hat, who emerges from the snow wielding a similar blade and threatening in terrible tones to ‘cut you to pieces’ (p. 70), upon which the boy Lubin sensibly runs away. The old man’s hat, slippers and nose resemble Uncle Lubin’s, and this together with his sword suggests that young Lubin has somehow encountered a ferocious alternative version of his future self – a self against which he has gone on to define his gentle adult personality.

Even Lubin’s hat has its own adventures. It becomes a parachute when he needs to escape from the moon after his hot air balloon has been punctured by one of its horns (p. 21), serves as a house in two of the ornamental drawings (p. 1 and two pages earlier), and provides a template for the many other flamboyant hats that feature in the book, such as the feathered cavalier’s hat worn by the swordsman Vammadopper in the third adventure (p. 23), the boy Lubin’s straw hat in the seventh (p. 65) – a smaller, less permanent version of the adult Lubin’s headwear – and the even smaller conical hats worn by two old fairy gentlemen in the double-page framed illustration, ‘Uncle Lubin’s Dream of Little Peter’ (pp. 94-5). Lubin’s footwear, meanwhile, undergoes several adventurous transformations. Sometimes he wears shoes with buckles and bows; sometimes hobnailed boots; but most often slippers, which suffer various travails in the course of his exploits, falling off one by one when he’s on the moon (pp. 17 and 21), lying discarded in the grass when he has his dream (p. 93), and featuring on his coat-of-arms in the final framed illustration of the book, alongside his hat and little Peter’s bottle (p. 117). In that coat-of-arms, objects stand in for the central persons in the narrative, which reinforces our sense that things have an active role to play in shaping Lubin’s fortunes.[3]

The adventures of Uncle Lubin, in other words, are also the adventures of the things and creatures and people he encounters, which sometimes take central stage in a book ostensibly dedicated to Uncle Lubin. Besides the implied stories contained in the pictures, three inset stories get told in both words and images that have nothing at all to do with the central quest: about Vammadopper and the giant (p. 28ff.), the impudent Mer-Boy and his schoolmaster (p. 58ff.) and the boy Lubin and the savage old man (p. 66ff.). There is the potential, then, for an endless series of adventures in Robinson’s little volume: adventures in clothing, adventures in natural history, adventures in the imaginative repurposing of things, and the many random adventures of the strangers one meets from day to day.

Robinson was clearly keenly aware of this potential for an infinite expansion of his picture-book. At the head of the List of Adventures there is a drawing of Uncle Lubin reading a massive tome whose spine gives its title as ‘ADVENTURES VOL. 5,000’. The possibilities for adventure generated by linked words and images are clearly unlimited, never to be contained within the confines of any literary or artistic structure. The mind, after all, continually spins its own narratives out of the ones on offer, both in waking life and in dreams – the life of dreams being duly represented in Robinson’s book by the dream Lubin has about little Peter among the fairies, which opens a door onto other books as well as oneiric states of mind. Lubin’s dream invokes the little kidnapped Indian boy in Shakespeare’s A Midsummer Night’s Dream, just as the little mer-boy invokes Charles Kingsley’s famous children’s book The Water Babies and the dragon-snake invokes the Arabian Nights, which Heath Robinson was illustrating as he worked on Uncle Lubin (he had already illustrated Charles and Mary Lamb’s Tales from Shakespeare by the time he published his picture book, and he went on to illustrate Kingsley’s novel in 1915). Uncle Lubin himself is a Don Quixote figure, heroic and absurd in equal measure, reminding us that the artist’s interpretation of Cervantes came out in the same year as his own self-authored book for children. Heath Robinson and his illustrations interact with other authors and their illustrators – Arthur Rackham, Gustave Doré, Walter Crane, Mabel Lucie Atwell and the rest – as well as with the other products of the writer-artist’s own fertile brain. They spiral centrifugally outwards from Uncle Lubin to take in adjacent volumes in Heath Robinson’s imaginative library.

The adventure of the little mer-boy, for instance, which occupies the central pages of the book, finds itself extended in many directions as we read. Lubin meets the mer-boy in one of the eccentric machines – a submarine – which he builds to help him in his quest for his nephew. The child looks very much like his nephew Peter, except that Peter is nearly always crying in the pictures Robinson draws of him, whereas the mer-boy is nearly always laughing or smiling. He first appears on the title page of the Sixth Adventure, along with a decorative capital M (for Mer-boy) that shows a fish with a gaping mouth, and mer-boys and gaping fishes proceed to proliferate through the successive pages: in the decorative capitals (which show more gaping fishes on pp. 56 and 58) and marginal pictures (which show mer-boys on pp. 56, 58 and 62) as well as in the framed illustrations (most of which show both). The first of the framed illustrations for the chapter shows Lubin underwater, trying to drive the mer-boy away from his submarine by waving his umbrella at him (p. 57), watched by several other mer-boys and gaping fishes; there is a crab in the bottom left-hand corner of the illustration (Uncle Lubin’s unwonted crabbiness in this picture aligns him with another famous inventor and submariner, Captain Nemo). In the next framed illustration Lubin’s submarine has surfaced and Lubin has become fascinated by the mer-boy (p. 59), who tells him a story as a passing seabird looks on. The next two pages form a double-page framed illustration, showing a school for mer-boys in which an elderly merman is explaining the properties of a toy, a ‘humming-top’, while the largest fish we have seen so far approaches him from behind (pp. 60-61).[4] In the following framed picture the fish has begun to swallow the unfortunate merman, while the mer-boys do ‘nothing but laugh’, as the mer-boy tells Lubin (p. 63 and p. 62). Opposite the picture of the merman being swallowed, a marginal picture shows a mer-boy being bitten on the tail by a crab exactly like the one we saw in the first framed illustration of the adventure (p. 62); above him, the decorative capital shows a mer-boy emerging from a shell, like a hermit crab looking for a new residence. The final picture of the adventure – an ornament in the middle of a blank page – shows Lubin himself upside down in the hatch of his submarine, his slippered feet waving in the air (p. 64), as if in imitation of the merman, who was swallowed head first by the fish so that his undulating tail, skinny body and splayed hands were all that could be seen of him. What are we to make of this procession of images, and how do they interact with the accompanying text?

The adventure suggests some of the ways in which Heath Robinson’s verbal text and the pictures he draws generate one another, in a mutual process that refuses to prioritise text over pictures or pictures over text. The mer-boy, for instance, with his link to gaping fishes, seems to have had his origin in one of the pictures Heath Robinson drew for the previous adventure, ‘The Sea-Serpent’. A marginal drawing in that adventure shows Little Peter peering out of the mouth of a gaping fish (p. 48); perhaps it represents Uncle Lubin’s hope of finding his little nephew in the depths of the ocean with the help of his submarine. We can tell the child looking out of the fish’s mouth is little Peter, not a mer-boy, because it has clothes on, as the mer-boys never do, and because its hair is arranged with a curl on the forehead – a kiss-curl – whereas the mer-boys’ always stream upwards, like seaweed in water. The first picture of the mer-boy, on the title page of the Sixth Adventure, seems to confirm the link with Peter: it shows him with much shorter hair than in the drawings that follow, and with the distinctive kiss-curl (p. 55). On this title page Peter seems to be mutating into the mer-boy, a process that began in the marginal drawing of the child in the fish’s mouth, which shows Uncle Lubin’s nephew sporting an uncharacteristic smile. Before this, almost every picture of the baby shows him crying, and the smile suggests a new and impish delight at having escaped from adult control, a delight which gets transferred to the mer-boys in the following chapter, who smile and laugh in nearly every situation.[5]

The adventure with the baby mer-boy, then, seems to emerge organically from Uncle Lubin’s quest for his baby nephew, and from his desire to find Peter in the sea despite the fact that there is no evidence he was ever there apart from the marginal drawing (though the wicked bag-bird resembles a pelican, an ocean-going bird, which might have suggested the ocean episodes). Lubin clearly shares Peter’s and the mer-boy’s delight in the sea and its denizens, as the cover drawing for the Fifth Adventure, ‘The Sea Serpent’, shows the old man sitting astride a gaping fish with a grin even broader than his nephew’s (p. 45). One suspects that Lubin went to sea as much for his own gratification as for the quest; he certainly looks delighted with his submarine in every picture showing them together. He looks for his nephew, then, as waywardly as he once looked after him; which means that the supposed real-world distinction in responsibility between a child and its adult minder has little meaning in Heath Robinson’s universe. And the story told by the mer-boy confirms this impression. Unlike the highly moralistic teacher figures in Kingsley’s The Water Babies, the mer-boy’s elderly teacher is as interested in toys as any child could be – his lesson involves an explanation of why a spinning top hums as it spins (p. 62) – and his failure to take things seriously seems to be punished when a passing sea creature swallows him in the middle of the lesson. As he is swallowed the mer-boys laugh at him, and this in turn could be seen as being punished by the fate of the mer-boy in the marginal drawing on the same page, which shows him being pinched by a crab so that he cries, for once, instead of laughing (p. 62). But any moral we may have been intended to deduce from Heath Robinson’s words and images is implicitly contradicted by the last picture in the chapter, which shows Uncle Lubin falling into his submarine head first (p. 64), exactly mirroring the way the teacher fell into the fish’s mouth. If the mer-boy was being punished for his laughter when the crab pinched him, was Lubin being punished for telling the mer-boy it was ‘not nice’ to laugh when his teacher was swallowed (p. 62)? Morally speaking, Heath Robinson’s words and pictures offer their readers mixed messages, in which the usual hierarchy of childhood and adulthood – whereby the adult issues authoritative instruction while the child is expected to listen in passive obedience – no longer applies.

This is confirmed in the following adventure, where Uncle Lubin rewards the mer-boy ‘for telling him such nice stories’ (p. 66) (the contradiction is pointed up by the verbal echo of ‘not nice’) by telling him a story of his own. Lubin’s story concerns the time when he himself was ‘a little boy’, suggesting that the only thing that separates old men from little boys is time. And the old man’s tale has no more moral than the mer-boy’s did. Young Lubin is lost in the snow when he comes across the murderous old man wielding a battered sword, and the conclusion of the story has the little boy running away and finding his way home by sheer good luck so that he ‘was able to sleep in bed that night after all’ (p. 70). Young Lubin’s discovery of the route home has no causal link to his encounter with the murderous old man – it’s a matter of chance; and the old man’s murderous intentions certainly explode the myth that old age brings with it responsibility and accumulated wisdom. In addition, Uncle Lubin’s story is not much ‘nicer’ than the mer-boy’s. No one likes to think that one can come across bloodthirsty killers quite by accident while out for a walk, and some parents might be disturbed to find the fact advertised in a text devised for the nursery. In this way Heath Robinson’s work disrupts the function as well as the format of an illustrated picture book, implying that its author shares Uncle Lubin’s wholehearted dismissal of the usual understanding of the way search and rescue operations, and the adult world in general, is supposed to operate. Lubin’s search for little Peter is random, and ends with the random discovery of him; it is as much a search for himself as it is for his nephew, since he seldom seems to know where he is or why he is there. Like the swordsman Vammerdopper, who got blown onto an uninhabited island by a giant’s breath, he is a feather to each wind that blows, and so it seems is everyone else he comes across.

The absence of hierarchy in Heath Robinson’s book – from the refusal to prioritise either text or image to the close parallels between children and grown ups throughout the narrative – extends to the relationship between text and reader. The book is full of pictures of Uncle Lubin looking out of the page directly at the reader, inviting them to share his delight in extemporary invention, his total disregard for health and safety, and his enthusiastic indulgence in wild adventures. The child reader is the old man’s accomplice, and participates in his adventures by scanning each detailed, eccentric drawing as carefully as any parent might wish a child to scrutinise an instructive text. The close relationship is implied, in fact, by the old man’s quest, which is to find the child with whom he considers himself to have the closest bond; a charming concept, though even this is a little undercut by Peter’s evident distress whenever his uncle is holding him (a distress which would seem well-founded when he slips out of Lubin’s arms as the old man falls asleep [p. 5], so that the bag-bird could be seen as Peter’s rescuer rather than his abductor, since it never drops him).

Lubin’s kindness to everyone he meets could be seen as the moral point of the book, but even this is undercut: on meeting Vammadopper stranded on a rock Lubin never offers to rescue him, merely ‘kissing him kindly’ before sailing off on his quest (p. 38), and he is quite bad tempered with the mer-boy when the child clings to his submarine. There’s an anarchism to Lubin’s adventures, then, which allies them to Barrie’s representation of childhood in the Peter Pan books, or Alice’s adventures in the unstable world of adult humans and creatures in Carroll’s Wonderland, or Captain Nemo’s misanthropic wanderings in Twenty Thousand Leagues Under the Sea. Resist the temptation, these books imply, to accept on trust the moral systems you are offered. Chart your own route through this rapidly-changing modern world and improvise your own practical responses to every eventuality. You may find and make friends and communities as you go, but be aware that these may not last. The wicked bag-bird waits in the wings – though given your distrust of moral systems it may not turn out to be so very wicked after all – and you will need to build wings and fins and sails and propellors of your own if you are to deal with it.

The most convincing reading of Heath Robinson’s book, I think, is ecological. Uncle Lubin finds a way to inhabit the many different landscapes he enters, making himself part of each ecosystem by constructing the various specialist adaptations he needs to negotiate their challenges. He does not bring a fixed perspective to each new context, but improvises his reactions to the dangers they pose, sometimes by behaving as the other inhabitants do, sometimes by inventing appropriate responses or behaviours: flying down from the moon with the help of his hat, in imitation of the wicked bag bird; leaving Vammadopper on the island to which he has been exiled in mute recognition that it’s where he belongs; trudging through the polar snow of the Land of Chilblains in his slippers, wearing his patched coat and carrying a candle to light up the polar night, as if he were wandering through his own house and garden (though his attempt to melt an iceberg with the candle [p. 41] is not so successful in its consequences [p. 43]); responding to the attempts of a sea-serpent and a dragon-snake to kill him by killing them instead, thanks to his intimate knowledge of their habits and tendencies (the sea-serpent can be killed by putting salt on its tail, while a dragon-snake is fatally susceptible to music). With the mer-boy Uncle Lubin becomes, in effect, both the mer-boy and his elderly teacher, while his dream of little Peter among the fairies populates fairyland with old men wearing funny hats, much like himself. His rescue of the rajah from the wasp leads him to be hugged and kissed by the monarch and his cheering people (pp. 104-5), while the final adventure sees Uncle Lubin become one with the bag-bird by finding and entering its nest. All the way through, Lubin presents himself not as an authority or an evangelist but as an interloper who wishes to embrace the circumstances in which he finds himself. Even the bag-bird seems always to consider him less as an enemy than an amusement, who causes it to laugh inordinately – up until the moment when he makes it cry. Lubin is endlessly resourceful and open-minded in his willingness to become part of the places and narratives in which he finds himself, and the objects he brings with him on his adventures seem equally adaptable. His quest for little Peter, in other words, is the very opposite of an imperialist conquest; it’s an opportunity for him to manifest his pleasure in new and unexpected places, people and animals, without violating the conditions under which they live. If the Adventures of Uncle Lubin is an epic, it’s not a nationalist manifesto, like the Aeneid, but something older, a creation myth for a manner of living in which nations and their armies have no purpose.

Early responses to Heath Robinson’s work suggest that his tendency to reject conventional hierarchical relations between text and image, or between people, creatures and places, could disturb his British readers. In his book for A. and C. Black’s Brush, Pen and Pencil series, W. Heath Robinson (1913, reprinted 1930), A. E. Johnson commented on Heath Robinson’s propensity for departing from the texts he illustrated and following his own imaginative trajectory: ‘Where the illustrator fails’, Johnson writes, ‘as usually happens, is in the difficult task of embodying the essential literary motive and idea. […] The defect is one which Heath Robinson shares with most illustrators, whose natural instinct is to concern themselves with the pictorial possibilities afforded by the author’s context, rather than the elucidation of his central (and purely literary) idea’ (pp. 14-15). He also rebukes Heath Robinson for not illustrating the plays of Shakespeare with an eye to their presentation on the stage (pp. 41-2) – something most illustrators have done with Shakespeare, and for good reason, since his most visually striking passages refer to events not taking place in front of the audience, such as Ophelia’s drowning, or Clarence’s dream, or Enobarbus’s account of Cleopatra in her barge. Heath Robinson, Johnson opines, is an artist who

never has been, and does not desire to be, an illustrator in the strict sense of the word. He demands to go his own way too much, unwilling to re-state literal facts pictorially, and providing rather an accompaniment to the author’s text than an exposition of his meaning. One may hazard a guess that the authors for whose writings he has made drawings […] have proved to him, as an artist, a nuisance and a bore. Their writings furnish excuses for his pictures, but, except as pegs upon which to hang the latter, he would much prefer not to be hampered by them. (pp. 18-19)

For Johnson, Uncle Lubin represents Heath Robinson’s solution to his impatience with other authors (pp. 47-50); in it, drawings can give rise to new ideas as readily as words can. In this way the book predicts the rapid rise of the ‘ninth art’ of comics in the twentieth century, where pictures and words are given more or less equal weighting. It also affirms the fantasy creator’s delight in enabling their impossible narrative to transfer itself from one medium to another, or to fuse media together – something that’s effectively built in to comics, with their frequent mimicry of cinema and their seeming readiness to be converted into cinematic terms, or of course into games.

Many of the great fantasy writers have either been writer-artists themselves or have happily worked with visual artists in a collaborative bid to extend their imaginative universe in new directions. Fantasy at its best is not afraid of its own tendency to be transformed as it enters different artistic, theatrical, ludic or musical modes of expression. Its authors are rarely unsettled by the idea that sympathetic adapters might come to think of them as ‘a nuisance and a bore’, or that their texts might become mere ‘pegs’ for more interesting work in another medium. What fills them with the infectious joy of Uncle Lubin is the idea of the infinite universe of imaginative adventure which these transformations confirm and enlarge. This is not a universe with a hierarchy; it’s an anarchic but beautifully patterned universe, whose centre is everywhere and whose circumference is nowhere. One of these centres is Heath Robinson’s little book The Adventures of Uncle Lubin. This book deserves the respect due to an imaginative crossroads or railway junction, from which paths or railroads are always being laid by our eyes and minds to take us in unexpected and often exhilarating new directions…

NOTES

[1] My edition of the book, from which all references are taken, The Adventures of Uncle Lubin, Told and Illustrated by W. Heath Robinson, published by the Minerva Press, London, in 1972.

[2] Heath Robinson had a great propensity for drawing impish or helpless birds. See e.g. his picture of ‘A simple apparatus for rescuing a wounded snipe’, or the picture of a tiny chick trying to hatch a set of ostrich eggs in ‘Thoughtfulness; or taking mother’s place’, or the picture of chicks nesting in an elderly man’s top hat in Bill the Minder. These can be found in A. E. Johnson, Heath Robinson (London: A. and C. Black, 1913, reprinted 1930), in the following places: between pp. 24 and 25, between pp. 16 and 17, and on p. 9.

[3] Objects are also present in the very first ornamental illustration, before even the frontispiece, which shows all the objects I’ve listed bar the slippers – hat, gun, sword, umbrella, accordion – along with a stick and a candle, as if to confirm the centrality of things to the adventures to come.

[4] In some versions of the book the merman is described as the mer-boys’ father, and is balancing an eel rather than a humming-top on his hand. I’d be interested to know more about why and how Heath Robinson ended up producing two versions of the same story, with illustrations to match…

[5] It’s tempting to see a link between the lost Peter, with his increasing taste for adventure, and J. M. Barrie’s more famous Peter, who ran away as a baby in Peter Pan in Kensington Gardens and made friends with the birds in Hyde Park. But Peter’s Kensington adventures were first told in chapters 13 to 18 of Barrie’s novel The Little White Bird, which was published in the same year as Heath Robinson’s (1902). Peter did not meet mermaids until he became the star of Barrie’s play, Peter Pan, in 1904. This makes a direct link between the texts unlikely.

R. F. Kuang, Babel (2022)

  1. The peculiar properties of colonial space

Fantasy was born in Oxford. There the mathematician Charles Dodgson devised the adventures of Alice underground, the precursor to Alice in Wonderland, as he drifted along the Cherwell on a summer day with a boatload of spellbound children. There Tolkien’s scholarly dreams of accessing the deep past of humankind, and of inventing a new language, converged to generate the book that birthed the genre. There C. S. Lewis conceived the land of Narnia, which helped to change fantasy for children in the wake of the Second World War, transforming it from a treasure-seeker’s playground to a study in resistance to tyranny and a fierce defence of the imagination.[1] There Philip Pullman regenerated children’s fantasy at a time when it seemed to be fizzling out, pitting his fiercely democratic political vision against Lewis’s more conservative religious convictions. Pullman’s anger at what he saw as the betrayals perpetrated by faith paved the way for yet angrier Oxford fantasies. In Helen Marshall’s The Migration (2019), children react to the sense of having been betrayed by their elders, who bequeathed them the climate catastrophe, by undergoing a revolutionary metamorphosis diagnosed by older scientists as a disease. Oxford continues to prove fertile ground for fantasy, but the fantasies it engenders grow darker and more unsettling with each decade.

R. F. Kuang’s Babel (2022) may be the angriest Oxford fantasy yet. Its subtitle – The Necessity of Violence – has a double meaning: the British Empire found violence necessary to achieve its ends, and the book’s protagonists find violence necessary to make themselves heard, both in Oxford and beyond – Oxford here being the intellectual, economic and technological hub of the British Empire. Like Marshall’s novel, Babel has been written by an outsider to the city, one of those North American scholars who pass through the ancient body of the university, injecting the lifeblood of overseas fees and fresh perspectives into its veins. Unlike Marshall, however, Kuang makes her protagonist, Robin Swift, an Oxford undergraduate: a boy from Guangdong (then known as Canton) in the nineteenth century just before the First Opium War broke out between Britain and China. Insinuating Robin into the University system is for her the literary equivalent of smuggling an incendiary bomb into the Bodleian Library, all of whose users must swear ‘not to bring into the Library, or kindle therein, any fire or flame’. As he learns about Oxford he discovers its links with British imperialist aggression, and the flames of his anger mount as that aggression increasingly comes to bear on himself and his friends. Kuang also inserts Robin into British history, along with the Royal Institute of Translation he attends. These insertions strain against the confines of conventional accounts of the heyday of Empire, threatening to bring them tumbling down round the reader’s ears like the mythical tower from which the Institute derives its nickname: Babel, the place of the confounding of tongues.

The explosive nature of Kuang’s novel derives from its fascination with the peculiar properties of colonial space. Colonialism requires the colonial aggressor to nourish certain convictions about themselves and the state they serve: that both represent the pinnacle of human development, and that their acquisition of power over an ever-widening geographical and cultural territory is therefore benevolent, since any land or people subsumed within the colonial Empire’s bounds must necessarily be improved by its subjugation. Such convictions require a drastic shrinkage of perspective, a wilful blotting-out of the rich resources of knowledge, language, art and history contained in each new territorial acquisition; ironically, perhaps, since those resources are an integral part of what makes any territory worth possessing. Such acts of shrinkage, one might imagine, subject the material being compressed to unbearable pressure, which can only be relieved by some sort of explosion, a sudden, violent moment of release. Kuang’s book builds up the sense of pressure as it goes on, in part through the obvious strains it registers between narrative realism and the fantastic, strains that mount incrementally as we read until the culminating detonation, which by the time it comes has been rendered both inevitable and deeply satisfying.

Nicolette Caven, Map of Babel

That sense of strain is largely achieved by means of the many compressed spaces the novel contains, locations which seem to hold far more matter than the laws of physics insist they should. One such space is the building that houses the Royal Institute of Translators, the titular Tower of Babel, named after the tower in Genesis which was constructed by Adam’s descendants as a literal stairway to Heaven.[2] As Kuang explains in her preface, she has had to manipulate the map of Oxford in order to fit the Tower in: ‘I’ve warped geography to make space for it’, she tells us, placing the gigantic structure on a non-existent green near the Bodleian Library and the Radcliffe Library (p. 2).[3] The map of Oxford and the diagram of Babel supplied by Nicolette Caven for the novel make the Tower look like a cross between Tom Tower, the totemic building erected by Christopher Wren over the entrance to Christ Church, Oxford, and the biblical Tower of Babel as imagined by the seventeenth-century painter Pieter Breughel the Elder. But as the novel goes on, the interior of Kuang’s Babel seems to expand, acquiring ‘wings’ which cannot logically exist within a circular structure.[4] Each level of the tower seems to need more space than the one below it – though in Caven’s diagram the levels get steadily smaller as you climb the building – culminating in the topmost storey where silver-working and magical experiments take place, these being the raison d’être of the tower itself. The building is, in fact, ‘larger on the inside than on the outside’ (p. 75), having been built that way by the translator-magicians of the Institute, so that it throbs with barely-contained power like an infernal device on the verge of detonation, recalling the unexploded, whispering bomb lodged in the courtyard of an orphanage in Guillermo del Toro’s early movie The Devil’s Backbone (2001).

This disconnect between the tower’s vertically elongated outward appearance and its expansive interior corresponds neatly to the central premise of the novel, which the tower represents: that the act of translation involves far more than translation, embracing treachery, colonialism, physical and mental metamorphosis, and the wholesale warping of the geography of meaning in the process of transferring a term or concept from one language to another. In this book, it’s the British who have most effectively harnessed the multiple functions of translation magic: magic, that is, which depends on the disconnect between a word in one language and its nearest equivalent in another tongue.

That linguistic disconnect – what’s lost in translation – can be converted to power through the medium of silver, itself a substance which, like gold, has accumulated many meanings over time. In the sixteenth century silver became the principal medium for international commerce, with much of the world’s silver finding its way to China, where it formed the basis of the imperial currency. The silver in question started out in the mines of Japan and later in the mines of Bolivia and Mexico, so that the changing chain of supply obediently follows the geography of global imperialism. Silver is also well known to have the highest electrical conductivity of all metals; indeed, it is used as the standard for conductivity, all other metals being measured against it. This property, Kuang suggests, makes it ideal for capturing the quantities of energy that get lost when a word gets translated, while the international importance of silver currency focuses that energy on the highly volatile relations between empires, nations, communities and markets. A bar of silver, then, with a single word inscribed on two of its opposing surfaces, each word in a different language but meaning roughly the same thing, is a space that fairly pulsates with the competing senses, values and histories that have attached themselves over time to its pair of chosen terms, as well as to the medium that interposes itself between them. Kuang’s Tower of Babel is a similar space, resonating (quite literally, as we eventually learn) with the worldwide market for silver, a market driven in the book by silver’s capacity to capture meanings lost in translation and make magic out of them, as nations seek to appropriate each other’s languages for their own ends.

Pieter Breughel the Elder, The Tower of Babel, c. 1563. Kunsthistorisches Museum, Vienna

Set against Kuang’s Royal Institute of Translators – the builders of Babel – is an organisation of anti-imperialist activists known as Hermes, Hermes being the Greek god of thieves as well as of messengers, merchants, scholars, tricksters and orators. As the British Empire plots to divert the world’s silver into its own coffers, Hermes’s objective is to steal it from those coffers and redirect it to ‘people, communities, and movements that deserve it’, such as the ‘slave revolts’ and ‘Resistance movements’ that challenge colonial rule (p. 102). Hermes has its headquarters in another building, the Old Library, that seems vastly larger on the inside than on the outside. ‘From the outside,’ Kuang tells us, ‘it looked as if it could contain a single lecture hall at most. Its interior, meanwhile, could have been the ground floor of the Radcliffe Library’ (p. 383). Larger, in fact, since one end of the building has room in it for explosive experiments, like the eighth floor of the Tower of Babel, and so needs to be set well apart from the inflammable material provided by books and bookshelves; this would be hard to achieve in a circular space like the Radcliffe Library’s ground floor. Many of the contents of the Old Library have been transferred from Babel by acts of thievery, and the work that goes on there parallels Babel’s in its concern with translation, but shifts the main focus of its translation activities from the language of the colonialists, English, to other languages, especially those at risk of being stamped out by colonial aggression. The Old Library is concealed from the world by glamour – here a spell that muffles the sounds of the explosive linguistic experiments conducted within its walls – but it is not invisible; as one Hermes operative puts it, the building is ‘hidden in plain sight’ (p. 383). One reason for representing the Old Library as both ‘hidden’ and visible is the fact that it does exactly what Babel does, not in the interests of Empire but of ‘global liberation’ (p. 388), and that it therefore stands for the small but crucial distinctions that separate a colonial translation project from one that aims to benefit all of humanity. Both projects require very similar physical and academic materials and practitioners; it’s the ends to which they are put that differ fundamentally. It’s therefore fatally easy for scholars to miss the moment when they drift into complicity with the acts of violence necessary to sustain an Empire, embracing the fantasy that they are working for all mankind, while ignoring the fact that the power generated by their translations is being used to promote the interests of the ruling classes. And it’s equally easy to miss the moment when one’s perspective readjusts itself again, no longer tacitly accepting the tenets of colonialism but first recognising the perniciousness of those tenets, then actively setting oneself against them. The Old Library’s impossibly large interior emphasizes the size of the Hermes activists’ ambitions, which are as global as Britain’s, while its hiddenness emphasizes the secret processes whereby the mechanisms of colonial power can be reimagined as mechanisms of liberation, despite (or because of) the explosive distortions they entail.

These two competing buildings, both much larger inside than out, invoke a celebrated Oxford fantasy, C. S. Lewis’s The Last Battle (1956), the apocalyptic final instalment of his Narnian chronicles. In Lewis’s narrative, Narnia’s old faith – presented as cheerful and liberating for those who embrace it – finds its adherents forced into hiding by an oppressive new religion, embodied by the monster-god Tashlan, an artificial fusion of the very different deities of Calormen and Narnia, Tash and Aslan. The creation of Tashlan enables the invading Calormene forces to insist that the two gods are in fact the same, so that the conquest of Narnia by the neighbouring Calormen Empire is only natural, as is the introduction of oppressive new laws that restrict the words and actions of indigenous Narnians. At the climax of the novel these Narnians, together with a few well-meaning Calormenes, find themselves rescued from a global apocalypse by stepping through one of the many doors between worlds with which the Chronicles are filled. On the other side they find a larger, more beautiful Narnia, which itself gives access to further Narnias, each larger and more beautiful than the last. The rallying cry for the escaped Narnians becomes ‘further up and further in’, as they run with increasing energy and pleasure through successive landscapes towards the ultimate Narnia, the largest and innermost of all: God’s country, the land of heart’s desire. The disparity between the vehicle and what it contains is reinforced by the fact that the first portal through which the Narnians step into this succession of larger and better Narnias is a stable door, the entrance to a ramshackle building whose humble appearance is deeply at odds with its symbolic function as the birthplace of Christ, the space in which God compressed his infinite self within the confines of a human body. The larger Narnias are contained one within another like the layers of an onion but in reverse, the largest being impossibly located inside all the smaller versions, as God was contained within the impossibly tiny body of his earthly manifestation, the infant Christ. This fantastic paradox lies at the heart of Christianity, and Lewis’s narrative is designed to complement it by providing a space for Heaven as strange and emotionally satisfying as the space of Christ’s incarnation.

At the same time, there is something unsettling about Lewis’s allegorical representation here of Christianity as under siege in his lifetime. Lewis certainly believed that the religion he cherished was in steep decline in the lands he loved, Britain and Ireland; but his decision to imagine that decline in terms of imperial aggression by a brown-skinned people seems deeply ironic, given the aggressive efforts of white-skinned agents of the British Empire to impose that religion on the rest of the world, by conquest or missionary work or both – not least in Lewis’s native country, Ireland. It’s not for nothing that one of the terms imposed on China in the Treaty of Tientsin at the conclusion of the Second Opium War was to legalize British missionary work in the country once and for all. Missionary work was seen as a crucial means of modernizing China, or rather of reshaping the country into a form that would make it receptive to British commerce and British interests; and Kuang is keenly aware of the direct links between religious mission and imperialism. She includes missionaries, convinced of their innate superiority to the indigenous population, as the advance guard of an imperialist invasion in her inaugural trilogy of fantasy novels, which begins with The Poppy War (2018).

Lewis’s stable is larger on the inside than the outside, and the same is true of his imaginary country, Narnia; its internal largeness embodies its adherence to the values of Aslan, who in turn embodies the values of Christianity as Lewis understood them, so that Aslan too is vastly larger on the ‘inside’ than the talking lion whose form he assumes. Kuang’s Old Library, by contrast, is larger on the inside not for symbolic reasons but because it has to be, just as it is hidden because it will be destroyed if the British authorities find it. No space has been made available in the British Empire for the ideas it contains; they are in danger of being lost, like those meanings lost when any language is translated into the language of Empire, English. The Old Library stands, in fact, as a corrective to Lewis’s narrative of Narnian resistance, one anchored in the material reality of British history, as Lewis’s story about an imperialist ‘Middle-Eastern’ invasion of a landscape coded as British is not.

In fact, Kuang’s narrative is as much concerned with the disconnect between fantasy and reality as it is with that between outsides and interiors. Her Author’s Note should alert us to this fact, focusing as it does on the different versions or fantasies of Oxford which its readers may entertain. ‘The trouble with writing an Oxford novel,’ she tells us, ‘is that anyone who has spent time at Oxford will scrutinize your text to determine if your representation of Oxford aligns with their memories of the place’ (p. 1). It is worse, she adds, if you’re an American writing about the place, ‘for what do Americans know about anything?’ (a phrase that holds a world of meaning for anyone who has heard some of Oxford’s British academics or students commenting on tourists or even scholars from the New World). Kuang goes on to point out that the Oxford she portrays in her novel is both imaginary and carefully rooted in the Oxford of the mid-nineteenth century, which differs in certain crucial respects from the Oxford of any living reader’s memory. She is also well aware that she has modified 1830s Oxford in the light of her own Oxford experience, so that the ‘commemoration ball’ she describes in the novel ‘looks a lot more like a contemporary Oxbridge May/Commemoration Ball than any kind of early-Victorian social event’ (p. 2). The place she depicts is specifically Kuang’s version of Oxford, drawing on her memories; but these prefatory statements are also designed to refute any suggestion that there is some kind of ‘authentic’ Oxford to which British people of the ruling classes alone have access. Indeed, such ‘authentic’ Oxfords are themselves based on a pernicious fantasy, that of Oxford as a place of disinterested or objective learning, serenely untroubled by the British colonial heritage. This fantasy has lately been shaken by the quest to understand, acknowledge and seek reparation for the close ties between British universities and the Atlantic slave trade, and one of Kuang’s characters, Victoire, has herself experienced enslavement – albeit in an unacknowledged form, as ‘a twilight condition, the rules unwritten but implied’ (p. 540).[5] Tolkien’s and Lewis’s fantasies coexist with colonial fantasies of a far more damaging sort, not least the fantasy that philology – the history of languages – can be used to prove the racial superiority of white-skinned ‘races’ over all others. Tolkien did not himself adhere to this philosophy, but he was aware of it, and the hierarchy of white and dark-skinned races in The Lord of the Rings – as well as of their languages – tends to reinforce rather than undermine the racist narrative.

For Kuang, Oxford is itself the most dangerous of fantasies: one that is deeply attractive to lovers of learning, history, fiction and beautiful architecture, but which also sustains the myths that enable imperialist aggression. Three of her central characters, students from non-British cultures who find their way by unusual paths to its hallowed halls, start out by being seduced by the city’s attractions, and continue to be half seduced by them long after they have begun to understand the culture of violence that underpins its institutions. Robin Swift, the boy from Guangdong, learns from his British foster-father at an early age to think of Oxford as ‘the loveliest place on earth’, the ‘centre of all knowledge and innovation in the civilized world’ (p. 25).[6] On first arriving in the city he finds its magic all-pervasive, from the Radcliffe Library, which ‘somehow appeared even larger and grander from the inside than from the outside’ (p. 61), to the nearby Tower of Babel, which he seems not to notice – despite the fact that it’s over three hundred feet tall – until the day when he first steps through its doors, like an adventurer stepping through the ‘door into fairyland’ (p. 74).[7] When he learns from his activist half-brother that ‘It’s violent work that sustains the [Oxford] fantasy’ (p. 138), Robin goes on wanting to believe there is room in the city for outsiders like himself and his friends, who struggle to ‘[carve] their own pockets into it, spaces where they were not just tolerated but thrived’ (p. 171), despite the increasingly unguarded racism of their fellow students. At a crucial juncture in Robin’s life – the point at which he finally needs to make a choice between imperialist Babel and revolutionary Hermes – he sees the city as something out of a story for children: ‘it looked like another, parallel Oxford, an Oxford of the faerie realm […] its spires and turrets promising riddles and adventures and a world of abstraction in which one could get lost forever’ (p. 259). And even after he has committed himself to direct action against its values, Robin continues to see it as a delightful ‘dream’ that has been ‘shattered’ by a rude awakening (p. 433), a charming ‘doll’s house’ that offers ‘a twee approximation of the real world for boys who would never have to truly engage with it’ (p. 459), a fairy tale ‘castle’ whose ‘magician’ has been ‘thrown out’ (p. 459), a ‘rotting gingerbread house’ (p. 473). The fantasy of Oxford endures, although by the end of the book it has shrunk to the size of a toy, a figment, a Christmas leftover, dwarfed by the steady growth of Robin’s awareness of the atrocities it accommodates and enables. Those atrocities expand in his consciousness as the narrative unfolds, straining at the fabric of the city as they accumulate until Oxford too is vastly larger on the inside than on the outside, like the Tower of Babel which is its metonymic double.

Dmitry Djouce, Tom Tower, Christ Church, Oxford. A model for Caven’s drawing of Babel?

Set against the Oxford fantasy is the seemingly fantastic possibility of resistance to Empire, of bringing down the Tower and all it stands for; a revolution, in other words, inspired by the 1791 revolution of enslaved people in Haiti. From the beginning, Robin and his friends are aware that the fairy tale appearance of Oxford is an illusion, for all its seductiveness. When Robin first meets Ramy, for instance – his room-mate from Calcutta – Ramy explains that he can only ever find a kind of acceptance from white students by posing as a prince: ‘The English are never going to think I’m posh,’ he tells Robin, ‘but if I fit into their fantasy, then they’ll at least think I’m royalty’ (p. 56, my emphasis). Soon afterwards the two young men are subjected to a racist attack which drives home the fact that they are outsiders, ‘men at Oxford; […] not Oxford men’; but the knowledge proves too painful for them, and they find it ‘so much easier to pretend; to keep spinning the fantasy for as long as they could’ (p. 70, my emphasis). By this time, however, Robin has already met his half-brother Griffin, who works for a secret organization – Hermes – dedicated to promoting opposition to Empire by redistributing the silver of Babel to deserving causes. At first Griffin himself seems somewhat fantastic. His name recalls a character from Alice in Wonderland, the Gryphon, and like his namesake he is both overbearing in his conversation and associated with the stuff of dreams. When Robin first encounters Griffin he sees a Chinese man much like himself, described as his doppelgänger (a key figure in Freud’s theory of the uncanny, itself allied with his lifelong study of dreams and dreaming), who is being hunted by police through the ‘eerie’ maze of the Oxford streets (p. 66). This man desperately tries to make himself vanish from sight with the help of a stolen silver bar, and his eventual success in disappearing – achieved with Robin’s help – means he does not seem entirely real; Robin later recalls the episode as ‘like falling into a dream’ (p. 69), and later still as ‘dreamlike’ (p. 100). When Robin meets Griffin again some days later the sense of unreality persists: ‘“Am I dreaming?”’ he mumbles (p. 96), though his brother scoffs at the misconception (‘“You wish”’, p. 96). Griffin agrees to devise a code to help them communicate in secret, but for Robin the cypher looks at first like ‘nonsense’, the absurd discourse that pervades Lewis Carroll’s Wonderland (p. 123). He learns, however, to decode it; and gradually Griffin and Hermes begin to seem to him as real as Babel. For a while the fantasy of Hermes and the fantasy of Babel compete for Robin’s loyalties; but the colonial fantasy is finally displaced by a fantasy of retribution, based on the idea of destroying the Tower, which ‘took root and grew inside [him], unfurled until it became less a ludicrous fantasy and more a question of logistics, of how and when’ (p. 434, my emphasis). The notion of the revolution taking ‘root’ ingeniously links it to the roots of words, which translators can use to create their magical silver bars, and to the pub – the Twisted Root – in which the brothers first properly make each other’s acquaintance. Some of the pub’s customers are dangerous radicals, a word derived from the Latin radix, meaning root.

Sir John Tenniel, the Gryphon from Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland (1865)

As I’ve suggested, the secret society of revolutionary translators, Hermes, and the Old Library where they make their headquarters, could be described as what’s lost, excluded or jettisoned when translation is used to generate magic for colonial purposes. Their existence is an inevitable consequence of the build-up of anger and frustration in the face of British efforts to establish themselves, through the combined agencies of language and silver, as the dominant race, masters of a global Empire on which the sun will never set.[8] Imperialism, like Marx’s capitalism, harbours the seeds of its own destruction, and Kuang’s metaphor for this is the silver bars used by the scholars of Babel to generate power. The power of these bars, Robin’s tutor tells him, ‘lies in words. More specifically, the stuff of language that words are incapable of expressing – the stuff that gets lost when we move between one language and another. The silver catches what is lost and manifests it into being’ (p. 84). On first inspecting one of these bars, Robin thinks it looks far too small to unleash the energy needed to sustain an Empire: ‘Robin frowned, running his finger along the bar. It seemed so small, too innocuous to produce such a profound effect’ (p. 22). The bar’s seeming smallness expresses the fact that the act of translation contains far more than one might think; not only are meanings lost when translating a concept from one language to another, but meanings are also altered as words get transformed (another meaning of the word translation) by the passage of time. The silver bars draw as much on the etymology of the words inscribed on them – the long history of what they once meant, where they came from, the words to which they are closely or distantly related – as on the differences between analogous words in current languages. As a result, each bar can be seen as a teeming crossroads or meeting-point between cultures, customs, experiences, and socio-political systems past and present. To bind it in the service of just one culture at one moment in history is to compress or confine it – in effect, to shrink it – beyond endurance. On the other hand, when a bar is used to express something too large or complex or paradoxical for its limited function as an instrument of translation to sustain, dire consequences follow: it begins to vibrate with increasing violence, and sometimes explodes, with deadly effect. Bars, then, may either be used for creative purposes, to improve the lives of their users, or for wreaking terrible destruction; the analogy with fire or nuclear fission is obvious. They are vastly larger than they look, like the Tower in which they are invested with their magical properties.

The inward vastness of the silver bars is in fact directly connected to the Tower in a number of ways. They were fabricated there, of course; but silver can also interact with other silver within a certain range, causing it either to sustain or to lose its magical potency. This process is known as ‘resonance’, and can be activated with a set of silver rods kept in the ‘southern wing’ of the Tower’s eighth floor (p. 199). The rods are designed to maintain by their very existence the magical efficacy of the silver bars they match; they ‘resonate’ with the bars, even at a distance, just as the pipes of an organ or the bars of a xylophone resonate to produce notes when filled with air or struck. This makes Robin think, when he first sees the rods in the Tower, of another musical analogy:

Looking out over Oxford, Robin had the impression that the whole city was like a finely tuned music box, relying wholly on its silver gears to keep running; and that if the silver ever ran out, if these resonance rods ever collapsed, then the whole of Oxford would stop abruptly in its tracks. The bell towers would go mute, the cabs would halt on the roads, and the townsfolk would freeze in motion on the street, limbs lifted in midair, mouths open in midspeech. (p. 202)

Imagining the effects that would follow if the resonance rods were to be destroyed (the incapacitating of all the magical silver bars that depend on them and the consequent collapse of the silver-based technology that sustains the British Empire) becomes a key component in Hermes’s struggle against colonialism. Their struggle is underpinned by the conviction that even the smallest of objects – a silver rod or silver bar – contains within itself the capacity to enforce or demolish global systems. If bars and rods can be vastly larger and more potent than they look, the same might be said of the small band of young insurgents who seek to wrest them from the hands of their colonial makers.

Silver and translation, then, as tools of Empire, can also generate the forces that topple empires. This becomes obvious when one examines the language used by the bars’ makers – the translators of Babel – to describe their craft. One of Robin’s tutors, the ironically-named Professor Playfair (he likes to ‘play’, but by no means fairly), often describes his special topic, language, in terms that link it with insurrection as well as with empire. The modern translator, Playfair claims, aspires to remain ‘invisible’ to their reader, so that they operate either like an ideology – a set of political coordinates which masquerade as the natural or inevitable state of things – or an insurrectionist, who must keep themselves hidden in the interests of self-protection. The translator, Playfair goes on, must also be in some sense faithless: ‘translators are always being accused of faithlessness’, he declares (p. 152), and later ‘the act of translation is […] necessarily always an act of betrayal’ (p. 155) (note how he shifts with disarming smoothness from a seeming rejection of betrayal to an active embracing of it). The translator’s faithlessness can be manipulated to produce translated texts that either support colonial interests or bolster the narrative of insurrection. If translators choose not to make themselves invisible, by incorporating unfamiliar words or concepts into their translations, they remind the reader of the foreignness of what they are reading – that there are, in fact, other perspectives in the world which must be accounted for (p. 155) – and this could be deemed to support the anticolonial project; hence perhaps the modern tendency among colonial translators to favour ‘invisible’ translations, using terms and concepts already familiar to the target readership, as against conspicuously strange or foreign ones. Again, the presence of people of colour among the scholars of Babel – people like Robin, Ramy and their friend Victoire – makes the otherness of their specialist languages dangerously visible, from the tutor’s point of view; they must therefore be ‘naturalised’ as far as possible, for instance by giving them European names (such as Robin or Victoire), dressing them in academic garb, and hiding them in plain sight among their white colleagues. The translator, Playfair tells the partygoers, ‘dances in shackles’, meaning they are enslaved by the necessity of following the original text they are engaged in translating; but this need not make them slaves of Empire. They can choose to enslave foreign texts, of course, by ‘naturalising’ them as colonial discourse; but they can also choose to rebel, like the insurrectionists of Haiti, by remaining determinedly faithful to the original language and culture, or by choosing to translate texts and terms with anticolonial connotations.

Anon, Battle of Vertières (1803). The battle took place during the Haitian Revolution

Playfair’s apparently balanced discourse gives the illusion of an unbiased outlook, a truly academic impartiality in the face of the conflicting evidence he puts forward. He seems, that is, to be ‘playing fair’. But underlying all his arguments is the assumption that the translator’s necessary faithlessness must always in the end serve colonial interests. This is partly, of course, because the British Empire has a near monopoly both on silver and on elite translators, the two key components of the translation magic with which it upholds its global concerns. But it is also because betrayal – the definitive property of translation – has always been the most potent weapon of people in power. Kuang has illustrated this concept many times in her fiction, from the multiple betrayals that punctuate the struggle over Nikara in the Poppy War trilogy to the betrayal of an author by her self-proclaimed best friend, accomplished for the sake of fame and fortune, in her prizewinning novel Yellowface (2023).[9] When Playfair offers his students a seeming choice between fidelity to empire and radical rebellion, his aim is to show them that only one of those choices is worth making.

But Playfair’s own arguments also demonstrate the possibility of a very different kind of betrayal: the betrayal of the betrayers, which is not in fact a betrayal at all. Robin, Ramy and Victoria all end up working for the dissident movement Hermes, and could therefore be called ‘traitors’ to Babel, the institution that employs them, pays their wages and instructs them in their craft. But all three are also victims of colonial betrayal, having been recruited by the Empire as translators without possessing all the data they needed to make an informed decision about their futures. All three were born in places that were subject to British colonization, and all three quickly learn that their colonized status means they can never be recognised as equals by their British associates, despite the elaborate rituals by which their equality has been implied: their investment in academic robes, their installation as members of the academic elite, and not least, the fact that a sample of their blood has been stored away in Babel as a security measure alongside the self-evidently indistinguishable blood of their white colleagues. In Babel, too, they quickly learn that they are working against the interests of their own original communities: the people of colonized India, the enslaved workers of the Caribbean, the exploited workers in the treaty ports of China. Betraying the British Empire, they conclude, is the only way in which they can show themselves faithful to their people, and thus relieve themselves of the unbearable pressure of conflicting loyalties that threatens to tear them apart. Betrayal is fidelity, fidelity betrayal, and these paradoxes build up in their minds and bodies to a political explosion as damaging to the superstructure of Empire as the collapse of the Tower of Babel with which the novel comes to a climax.

  1. The two faces of Robin Swift

The explosive force of the three translators’ political awakening is rendered more forceful by the fact that, like the silver bars and the buildings in which they are fashioned, their minds and bodies have so much more in them than they seem able to contain. This is especially true of Kuang’s protagonist, Robin Swift. Every aspect of his personality, from his name to his looks to the various things he stands for, embodies the complex state of the colonised subject, and this astonishing complexity – held within the physically unimpressive person of a self-effacing scholar – is what renders him so much larger on the inside than on the surface. His interior size (the number of conflicting concepts and emotions he embodies) only continues to expand as he gets older and begins to learn the full truth of his situation; and the limits of this incremental expansion are marked by two cataclysmic explosions. The first blast takes place at the point when he uses a silver bar to kill his British father; the second takes place when he uses the rods in the Tower of Babel to destroy the headquarters of the Royal Institute of Translators. Robin’s complexity, then, needs analysis, as investigators might analyse the scattered components of an exploded bomb.

Robin’s name is one place to start. The boy from Guangdong is known throughout the book by his English name, the forename given him in early childhood by his English governess, the surname chosen by Robin himself from the books in his father’s library. Hidden behind this English alias is his Chinese name, which remains unspoken throughout the novel, from the first chapter – when the boy Robin starts to say it to his British father, who interrupts him with a dismissive ‘No, that won’t do’ (p. 13) – to the final sentence of the penultimate chapter, when he sees his dead mother smiling at him and saying his name in her native language. Even at this last moment the reader is not told what it is; it remains a secret part of him, either untouched by British colonialism or effectively erased by British colonialism, depending on your point of view. Erasure (or rather, suppression) is the more likely reading. When asked his name at a key moment in the book by the Chinese High Commissioner in Guangdong, Robin replies ‘Robin Swift’ at once, before realising that it had never occurred to him to give the name he was assigned at birth. By the time this realisation dawns on him, he has lost the chance to assert his Chinese identity in his birthplace, China. That identity only returns to him, in fact, at the point of death – a death whose place and time he chooses for himself, in defiance of the best-laid plans of the British Empire.

So much for Robin’s Chinese name. His English name, meanwhile, changes its significations as he grows. His forename is taken from a nursery rhyme recited to him by his English governess: ‘Who killed Cock Robin?’ (p. 13, footnote), a question which acquires new resonance when Robin himself is killed by the collapsing Tower. When Robin meets his Chinese half-brother and gets inducted into the secret world of Hermes, Griffin takes great pleasure in giving his forename a mythical slant by associating it with the medieval outlaw Robin Hood (p. 99). In doing so he allies Robin with the clandestine organization to which Griffin himself belongs, which steals from the rich (i.e. Babel) to give to the poor (i.e. those communities unable to afford silver and the translation magic it enables). Later we learn that the Hermes operatives describe themselves as a ‘hotbed of Robin Hoods’ (p. 385).[10] Robin’s surname, meanwhile, derives from the author of a famous Irish book, Gulliver’s Travels (1726), which satirizes the British colonial project much as Kuang’s does.[11] Swift’s classic is a political satire aimed at adults, though it has often been read by children, most of whom have little idea of its political significance. Robin chooses Swift’s name for himself as a child, with a child’s perspective. At this point he thinks of Britain and its capital as impossible places diminished by distance, like the tiny lands and cities encountered by Gulliver: ‘London existed to him as Lilliput did: a faraway, imaginary, fantasy place where no one looked, dressed, or spoke remotely like him’ (p. 12). The prospect of going to this fantasy London makes him choose the name Swift out of all the many options in his foster father’s study, because Gulliver was, as Robin will be, ‘A stranger in a strange land, who had to learn the local languages if he wished not to die’ (p. 14). Later, as we’ve seen, Robin’s radicalization makes him see Britain and its cities from an adult perspective, as diminutive things: children’s toys and imaginings designed to conceal the violent methods of their makers behind a screen of charming illusion. By this point in the book, adult readers who know about Swift will be aware of another link between Robin and the great Irish satirist: that both pitted themselves against British colonialism while also working to enhance its power (Swift as an ally of the ruling Tory Government, Robin as a scholar of Babel). At the same time, Swift’s Irishness aligns him with the long history of resistance to British colonialism in that country, embodied in Kuang’s novel by the young Irishwoman Cathy O’Nell, a Babel scholar who also works for Hermes. Robin’s two English names, in other words, not only mark him out as a colonised subject of the British Empire, but predict his eventual rising against that Empire, as an insurrectionist who sees the colonial fantasy dwindle in his mind to the size of Lilliput as he sets himself in opposition to it.

Anon, Gulliver in Lilliput (1912)

Robin’s names, then – English and Chinese – embody his paradoxical situation as both servant and enemy of Empire, making him a zone of conflict whose political implications go well beyond the private and personal. Another place to start with Robin would be with his early family history, which again marks him out from the first as a zone of conflict. The point when Robin loses his Chinese name is the point at which he is handed over to Professor Lovell, a scholar of Babel; and this point has been prepared for by the Professor for many years. It was Lovell who impregnated Robin’s mother and left her to raise him alone in Guangdong. It was Lovell who provided the child with an English governess and plenty of English-language books to ensure he would grow up equally fluent in English and Chinese. It was Lovell who waited patiently for the boy to reach an age when both languages were firmly fixed in his unconscious before coming to claim him. All these actions were carried out with dispassionate efficiency, and without the slightest concern for the wellbeing of Robin’s Chinese mother or for the English governess, ‘Miss Betty’ (p. 5). Both women were no more than tools to an end: to breed a bilingual child whose skills were perfectly suited to the needs of his father, and of his father’s workplace, the Royal Institute of Translators in Oxford. In fact, Robin only really begins to exist for the Professor when the boy has lost both his Chinese family and his Chinese name. Their loss is convenient. Robin realises this when he learns at a later point in the novel that the Professor had the means to save his family from cholera – a silver bar capable of curing all diseases – and that the Professor was even staying near Guangdong when Robin’s mother died, but that he simply neglected to do so. The family, along with the governess who had faithfully fulfilled her function, were sacrificed as surplus to requirements. Robin himself survives as testimony to the real-life impact of scholarly actions; he has been genetically engineered as a servant of Empire, and his future at Babel was plotted before his birth. The shock of discovering how far his life has been predetermined by an unloving father (Professor Lovell’s name here proves ironic, unless we gloss it as ‘Love-ill’) is one of the key factors in Robin’s turn to insurrection.

Robin’s genes, as son of a Chinese mother and an English father, mean that his appearance can be interpreted in different ways, so that he has in effect more than one face. At times he passes as white, as when a visitor to Lovell’s house tells the professor that Robin is the ‘spitting image’ of his British father (p. 31), or when a British official in China refuses to believe that the young man is Chinese (p. 301). At others he is subject to unwelcome attention as a ‘foreigner’ on British soil, as when he travels by coach to Oxford and is asked by an English child if he can see out of his eyes, which (the child claims) look like ‘little slits’ (p. 49). When Robin studies himself in a mirror after being told he resembles Lovell he sees himself for the first time as an ‘alien’: a person of unknown origin, whose brown hair and eyes ‘could have plausibly marked him as either the son of a Portuguese sailor or the heir to the Qing Emperor’ (p. 32). At this point Robin’s paternity is not known to him; but even as a child he knows that the genetic heritage signalled by his looks is something he cannot ask about, something that lies outside the realm of polite conversation, since it implies an extra-marital and interracial union forbidden by British social laws. In this sense, Robin is a person who is effectively lost in translation between the two cultures that shaped him, since the fraught relationship between those cultures cannot safely be given voice. In fact, the eventual voicing of that relationship – which occurs when he meets his half-brother Griffin – signals the moment when the power of resisting his colonially-imposed destiny begins to stir in Robin’s body, leading in the end to his instigation of the Oxford Translators’ Revolution. Robin is a kind of silver bar, whose innate capacity to effect radical change is only realised in the last days of his life.

Robin’s paradoxical double existence as both a willing instrument of Empire and its colonised subject and antagonist comes to the fore in two major acts of translation, one at the beginning, the other two-thirds of the way through the novel. The first of these occurs when Professor Lovell calls on him, as a boy, to act as interpreter between a Chinese labourer and a British sailor on the ship that will carry them from Guangdong to London. The labourer has a valid contract permitting him to work his passage from China to England, but the sailor refuses to let him on board. When Robin approaches, the labourer interprets his face as that of a fellow countryman – ‘the only other Chinese person in sight’ (p. 15) – and turns to him for help in making his case. But Robin already knows enough to be aware that the case is lost. The labourer is being turned away from the ship out of simple racism (the British sailor claims that allowing him on board will spread lice among passengers and crew), and his contract has been rendered null and void by xenophobia. Robin also fears that he himself may well become the target of racism if he takes the labourer’s side, and that if this happens his foster-father may decide to leave him behind in Guangdong as a failed experiment. He therefore tells the labourer simply that ‘Your contract’s no good here’ (p. 16). The statement is not, of course, a true translation of the sailor’s words about spreading lice; it merely sums up the situation without giving any details that might expose its racist roots. It implies a number of things, however, without openly stating them. The very looseness of the translation from the sailor’s English confirms the sailor’s contempt for the Chinese people, which he expresses in linguistic terms: the labourer, he tells Robin, ‘Couldn’t even understand the word bath if I yelled it at him’ (p. 16). The looseness of the translation also confirms the fact that nothing will be done to help the labourer get justice, no matter how diligently Robin works to translate English to Chinese and vice versa; the situation is beyond verbal negotiation. At the same time, a great many meanings are lost in this colonial act of loose translation; and their loss is most vividly realised in the bodily reactions of the two Chinese people at the heart of it.

Sunqua, Canton/Guangdong c. 1830, with European flags flying over it.

The labourer’s reaction to Robin’s non-translation is reflected in his face. It’s a face that displays the effects of the brutal working conditions imposed on workers like himself: it is ‘creased and sun-browned, leathered in a way that made him look sixty, though he was likely only in his thirties’, because ‘All lascars [i.e. non-European sailors] aged quickly; the work wrecked their bodies’ (p. 16). When Robin tells him ‘It’s no good’, the same man’s face expresses a range of painful feelings, offering in effect a compressed history of his life:

A thousand emotions worked through that weathered face – indignation, frustration, and finally, resignation. Robin had been afraid the labourer might argue, might fight, but quickly it became clear that for this man, such treatment was nothing new. This had happened before. The labourer turned and made his way down the gangplank, shoving passengers aside as he did. In a few moments he was gone from sight. (pp. 16-17)

The labourer’s body here becomes a site of conflict: between the notion that he has real worth, expressed in the term ‘indignation’, and the fact that this worth has never been acknowledged by anyone else, as expressed in his ‘frustration’; and between the possibilities of verbal or physical resistance (Robin’s fear that he might ‘argue’ or ‘fight’) and his quick recognition of the futility of such actions (‘resignation’). The labourer ends by using his body to convey his anger as best he can, ‘shoving passengers aside’ as he blunders down the gangplank. Compressed into this passage are all the dynamics of colonialism, which threatens to burst out in a one-man insurrection but ends with the most inadequate bodily expression of frustrated rage, the thrusting of hostile bodies aside as the labourer is forced to walk away from a job to which he is legally entitled.

Robin’s body, meanwhile, reacts fiercely to his recognition of his own complicity with the labourer’s humiliation. His initial instincts are to side with his countryman, both because Chinese workers have always been kind to him and because he ‘associated that face with his own kind’ (p. 16). But the force of Professor Lovell’s thumb ‘digging a groove into his collarbone’ reminds him of the power the Englishman has over him, which in turn affects his body (‘it made his knees tremble’, p. 16), while his decision to reject the labourer’s appeal for help affects his body still more. The boy becomes breathless (he ‘could hardly force his words out’, p. 16), and later feels ‘dizzy’ and ‘cold’, which sets his whole frame ‘shaking’ (p. 17). All these physical reactions stem from his consciousness that he represents the sole conduit between the labourer and the men who seek to oppress him: ‘The choice was his. Only he could communicate it to all parties’ (p. 16). It’s an overwhelming burden for a boy of eleven. His situation as the single point of verbal contact between colonialism and the people it exploits means that before he has even made up his mind what to do, ‘Guilt twisted his gut’ (p. 16): guilt for having such power over ‘one of his elders’, and guilt at his all too predictable inability to help that elder. Like a silver bar overloaded with conflicting meanings, he begins to tremble as if on the verge of detonation. From this point on, Robin responds to moments of heightened emotion with similarly powerful corporeal reactions. When Professor Lovell later subjects the young Robin to a vicious beating, the incident is introduced with a phrase we’ve already heard – ‘Robin’s gut twisted with guilt’ (p. 40) – and culminates with Robin struggling as best he can to prevent his tears from ‘burst[ing] forth’ (p. 42). Robin swells to an unbearable inward size when he confronts Lovell with the question of why he sacrificed his mother to cholera: ‘He felt his chest constrict, as if his heart were a caged beast straining to burst out’ (p. 121). When Robin strives to conceal his murder of Professor Lovell at a party he sweats ‘buckets’ (p. 373), and when he shoots the chandelier in Babel’s front hall to signal the start of the translator’s revolution ‘His whole body trembled, flush with […] vicious energy’ (p. 457). At each key staging post of his journey from obedient imperial subject to insurrectionist, Robin’s body strains and increasingly fails to keep the vastness of his feelings contained within its narrow boundaries.[12]

E. F. Duncan, British ships destroy Chinese vessels, 1843.

Robin’s second major act of oral translation in the book occurs when he returns after many years to his birthplace, Guangdong in south-eastern China. By this time he is a third-year student at Babel, whose first overseas assignment is to serve as interpreter between the British and the Chinese in a negotiation over trading terms which holds a key place in global history. In our universe, the negotiation served as a prelude to the First Opium War of 1841, a conflict that laid the groundwork for the unequal relations between Britain and China for over a century. In Kuang’s alternative universe, it triggers the translator’s revolution, whose chief objective is to prevent the war from happening. Robin’s role as sole interpreter for the British on this occasion places him at a crucial crossroads in the narratives of both Empires, as well as at a crossroads in his own story, as he struggles to make a final choice between his rival commitments to Babel and Hermes.

By the time the incident occurs, Robin is no longer naïve about what the Empire stands for, but has not yet decided what to do with that awareness. For a while he has worked clandestinely for Hermes, stealing material from Babel to be reused for Hermes’s purposes; but then he took fright and withdrew from his commitment to the anti-colonial movement. For a while after that he worked quietly for Babel, unwilling to sacrifice his safety for what may only be a fantasy of revolution. But it’s his return to Guangdong that makes him realise how far his own story remains bound up with that of the people throughout the world whose lives and livelihoods are being destroyed by the British Empire. His mother and family died from cholera when British magic, of the kind wielded by Lovell, could have saved them; the effects of the disease, as the boy Robin understood them at the time, resemble the workings of an opiate substance: ‘He was still conscious, though he’d sunk into a drowsy, half-dreaming haze. Soon, he knew, he’d fall into a deep sleep and fail to wake up’ (p. 5). On his return, he finds that the site of his old house has become an actual opium den, where addicts linger in a half-dreaming haze until the moment when they sink into death. Opium is Britain’s chief import into China, despite its prohibition by the Chinese government; it was for the right to go on importing it legally that the First and Second Opium Wars were fought. The British Empire, in other words, has the same effect as a global plague, bringing death to whatever territories it touches. As in the case of Robin’s family, the human costs of this deadly commerce are of no interest to the British, since the Chinese are barely human to them. As a Chinese man, then, Robin himself is barely human to his British masters; it is only by becoming physically, linguistically and morally indistinguishable from them – by becoming effectively British, and reneging his family, language and culture – that he can attain humanity in their eyes. His experiences in Guangdong, as a child and an adult, confirm for him once and for all that the price of being recognised as human by the British is not worth paying.

This recognition comes to him before he begins his work as interpreter between the British and the Chinese. It is marked, among other things, by his new awareness of Gulliver’s Travels as an anti-colonial text. Whereas in childhood he knew Swift’s satire mainly from its first Book – the story of the miniature kingdoms of Lilliput and Blefuscu – by now the part that most resonates with him is Book 4, in which Gulliver becomes the willing accomplice of a species that regards humanity as less than beasts. ‘[T]here’s this chapter,’ he explains to Ramy,

where Gulliver winds up on a land ruled by horses, who call themselves the Houyhnhnms, and where the humans are savage, idiot slaves called Yahoos. […] Gulliver gets so used to living with his Houyhnhnm master, gets so convinced of Houyhnhnm superiority, that when he gets home, he’s horrified by his fellow humans. He thinks they’re imbeciles. He can’t stand to be around them. And that’s how this… that’s…’ Robin rocked back and forth over the bridge. He felt like no matter how hard he breathed, he could not get enough air. (p. 309)

Robin’s summary of the story here is a deeply personal one. In Swift’s satire, the talking horses can be read, from one point of view, as idealised beings, whose pacific good government distinguishes them from the violent and insanitary tendencies of the Yahoos they enslave. From an anti-colonial perspective, however, they can be read as being as bad as the Yahoos, given their willingness to enslave and kill another species for their benefit. Robin’s interpretation of Book 4 marks one of the many points in his narrative when he undergoes a momentous shift in his point of view. He has till now, he realises, been reading things from his ‘master’s’ perspective – the perspective of the British Empire – and so has looked down on anyone from beyond its boundaries, or anyone who is powerless within them, as his inferiors. But there are many perspectives on or interpretations of things, and the human world is vastly larger, richer and more complex than the British would have it appear. This comes home to him again when he becomes for the second time an interpreter between the British and the Chinese; that is, between the perspectives of rival empires, one of which is intent on colonizing the other.

Louis John Rhead (d. 1926), The Servants Drive a Herd of Yahoos into the Field

This second act of interpretation builds directly on the first. Robin finds himself striving to convey the words of an English merchant, Mr Baylis, to the Chinese High Commissioner, Lin Zexu, as the former seeks to insist that the latter permit British companies to sell opium freely in China, in defiance of Chinese law. Once again, the conversation Robin is assigned to translate is a largely pointless one, because Mr Baylis’s argument has already been made in advance in official letters to the High Commissioner, and also because Lin can only repeat words already uttered by the Daoguang Emperor: ‘I will reiterate to you,’ he tells Baylis, ‘what we wrote to your Queen Victoria, […] that any foreigners bringing opium into China with designs to sell it will be decapitated’ (p. 311). The translation process is therefore unnecessary, as it was in the case of the labourer. The British cannot listen to the Chinese because they see them as mere animals; the Chinese cannot listen to the British because they see them as utterly devoid of reason. When invited by the Chinese High Commissioner to speak to him in private, Robin once again finds himself forced to gloss the words he has uttered on behalf of the British, just as he did when speaking to the labourer. This time, however, he glosses them with a raw statement of the truth as he now sees it. Whereas the young Robin chose to state a truth which avoided highlighting the racism of the British – ‘Your contract’s no good here’ – the older Robin identifies racism as the crux of the matter. When asked by Lin whether, in his view, it’s worth prolonging negotiations with the British in pursuit of compromise, Robin answers: ‘No […]. They want what they want, and they won’t settle for anything less. They don’t respect you, or your government. You are obstacles to be resolved, one way or another’ (p. 314). ‘Disappointing,’ Lin replies, ‘For all their talk of rights and dignity’; and Robin responds, ‘I think those principles only apply to those they find human.’ This second substitution of a gloss for a direct translation exposes one kind of meaning that always gets lost in any attempt to render the words of one language in the words of another: the rooted prejudices that prevent a person from hearing anything spoken by someone they despise. Robin’s second act of interpretation, in other words, makes up for his failure to call out racism in his childhood by casting its shadow over all exchanges between the British Empire and the many people in the world it defines as ‘uncivilised’.

Anon, Lin Zexu, c. 1850

Inevitably, Robin’s translation of the facts for the benefit of Lin is glossed as betrayal by the British Empire he was born to serve. His father, Professor Lovell, rushes at him afterwards and asks, ‘What did you say? […] What did you tell him?’ while shaking him violently by the collar (p. 315). Lovell’s reaction merely confirms the accuracy of Robin’s words to Lin about the attitude of the British Empire to non-British peoples: for men like Lovell they are less than human, and hence to be addressed with violence rather than reason. Lovell’s questions are accompanied by a facial expression that confirms the professor’s own lapse into (or existence in) an irrational, ‘nonhuman’ condition – ‘the look in his eyes was beastly, wholly unrecognizable’ – so that his face can no longer be read as linking him to Robin. Remember, by contrast, how the faces of Robin and the labourer were interpreted by each as having a familial resemblance, and how Robin was able to read the labourer’s life story in his expression. The implied breakdown of relations between Lovell and Robin refutes at a blow Lovell’s characterization of his son as a traitor, since it also implies there is no familial link between them; they are effectively strangers to one another. Lin, meanwhile, responds to Robin’s blunt articulation of the facts – that is, of the unreasoning ‘beastliness’ of the British imperialists – by engaging in a retaliatory act of violence: he has his troops set fire to a cargo of British opium in Guangdong harbour. Between beast-like peoples – or rather, between one people and another that regards the first as beasts, while itself behaving with an irrationality which can be construed as bestial – there can be no conversation, merely sudden explosive bursts of fierce aggression.

Professor Lovell’s attack on Robin, itself prompted by Lin’s attack on British opium-carrying vessels, leads directly to Robin’s fatal attack on his father. On the return journey to England father and son confront each other in Lovell’s cabin, in an encounter that has been ‘a long time coming’ (p. 318), and so brings to a catastrophic head the slow build-up of pressure in Robin’s body, which has expressed itself so far in bodily symptoms: nausea, the twisting of guts, uncontrollable shaking. The encounter involves another act of interpretation or translation, as Lovell seeks to force from his son a confession of the ‘truth’ of what he said to Lin. He is not interested in hearing Robin’s assurances that ‘what happened at the docks wasn’t because of me’ (p. 319); instead he insists that the boy ‘For once […] try to simply say what you mean’ [my emphasis]. The words Robin spoke to Lin, it seems, are not at issue; instead the professor seeks access to what Robin has never expressed, to the meanings that have so far been lost in translation between father and son. These include Robin’s disgust at the British opium trade, his refusal to be its instrument in future, his recognition that he himself has been exploited all his life, and his understanding that he can never be fully a person in his father’s eyes, since ‘personhood demand[s] the blood purity of the European man’, whereas Robin is an ‘impure’ fusion of disparate elements (p. 321).

It’s at this point that Robin decides he can no longer exist as the double or multiple person he has been since childhood:

He had become so good at holding two truths in his head at once. That he was an Englishman and not. That Professor Lovell was his father and not. That the Chinese were a stupid, backwards people, and that he was also one of them. That he hated Babel, and wanted to live forever in its embrace. He had danced for years on the razor’s edge of these truths, had remained there as a means of survival, a way to cope, unable to accept either side fully because an unflinching examination of the truth was so frightening that the contradictions threatened to break him. (p. 321)

But he cannot go on like this, he concludes, existing as a ‘split man’ riven by contradictions; ‘He felt a great pressure in the back of his mind’, as if ‘he would quite literally burst, unless he stopped being double’. He must choose a side, thus ending his status as the unstable zone between incompatible elements, a silver bar at risk of imminent detonation.

The choice is made easier, again, by a face; in this case his father’s face, which suddenly adopts ‘the ugliest expression he had ever seen [it] wear’, with bulging eyes and bared teeth, ‘as if a mask of civility had been stripped away’ (p. 322). It’s made easier, too, by his father’s description of the experiment to make Robin the perfect linguist as an exercise in translation (p. 321) – a piece of academic research unaffected by the human costs it entails – and by Lovell’s refusal to say Robin’s mother’s name when Robin asks him to, so that she becomes yet another thing lost in translation, yet another person sacrificed in the interest of subjecting the Chinese people and their language to British control (p. 322). This second loss of a name ignites a burst of anger in Robin’s body, and even as it does so Robin thinks about the origins of the word anger in Old Icelandic, where it’s ‘tied closely to physical suffering’ and sums up how the emotion ‘simmer[s], then explode[s]’ from the human frame (p. 323). Robin kills his father with a silver bar bearing the word ‘Bào’ and its English translation, ‘to explode, to burst forth with what could no longer be contained’ (p. 324). The instrument of the killing perfectly embodies Robin’s emotions at that moment; and its force, with all its catastrophic consequences – an explosive chain reaction that leads inexorably to the translators’ revolution – derives directly from the many contradictory elements that have gone into these emotions.

Afterwards, Robin seeks to gloss his catastrophic action as an act of self-defence, in another attempted act of translation. He tells himself that he thought his father was reaching for a weapon at the point when he hurled the bar, or that Robin himself was in the grip of an unthinking impulse, or that he did not know what the bar would do to his father when it struck him. But in the end he cannot accept his own translation of the facts into something palatable. He knew exactly what he was doing when he killed his father, because translation magic does not work unless the practitioner holds in his mind the exact meaning of the words engraved on either face of the silver bar. His rejection of his own attempts to translate murder into accident or justifiable homicide confirms his commitment to a singular position, that of an active antagonist to colonialism and its willing human instruments. From this time onward he is no longer a ‘split man’, though his body continues to resonate with the accumulated contradictions that brought him into being. Robin Swift, in other words, no longer has two faces.

Anon, scene in China, c. 1852
  1. The many families of Robin Swift

The death of Professor Lovell marks the end of Robin’s connection to his father’s family. Not that his father was ever really family to him, since he was more notable for his absence – physical or emotional – than for his presence. Robin is, however, blessed or cursed with many other families, which is part of what makes him so much larger than he appears, since each family brings with it a different set of attachments and obligations, loyalties and potential avenues to betrayal. Indeed, every family group to which Robin becomes affiliated finds itself betrayed, in one way or another, often enough by Robin himself. Robin’s hostility to his father, for instance, was ignited by the Professor’s betrayal of his family in Guangdong; though Robin’s own failure to remember his Chinese name suggests that he too betrays his Chinese family, or rather their memory, by committing himself body and soul (for a while) to the man who betrayed them. Lovell also betrays his son Robin, first by failing to tell him about his other Chinese family – the family among whom his half-brother Griffin was raised – then by refusing to acknowledge the fact that he is Robin’s father, and finally by concealing his secret marriage to an Englishwoman in Yorkshire, by whom he has fathered two more children: ‘A girl and a boy, seven and three,’ as Griffin explains, ‘Darling Philippa and little Dick’ (p. 95). Robin’s birth family, in other words, is vastly larger and more diverse than the conventional nuclear family which has come to dominate familial myths since the early days of the industrial revolution.

Then there are Robin’s families-by-association, Babel and Hermes. On his arrival at Oxford, Robin is embraced as an ersatz family member by the Royal Institute of Translators at Babel, whose objective, as Professor Playfair sees it, is ‘to make the other familiar’ (p. 83) – that is, to adopt strange languages, along with their territories, into the British family. (‘Familial’ is the more obvious adjective for this, while ‘familiar’ can have undertones of contempt.) Babel, Playfair tells the new students from distant lands, is to become their home,[13] and he cements the associated feeling of kinship and safety with the help of a silver bar, which has the German word ‘heimlich’ (i.e. secret) inscribed on one side and the English word ‘clandestine’ inscribed on the other. The magic of this bar is to make the students of Babel feel safe and private in the Tower of Babel – to feel completely at home – since what’s lost in translation between the two terms is the other meaning of ‘heimlich’, which is ‘homely’, derived from Heim or home. There are of course secrets in families, however, as Professor Lovell’s example makes plain. The secret of Babel is that its apparently egalitarian treatment of its colonized members conceals the fact that they are really servants or slaves; their translations are used for the exclusive benefit of their masters, the British with their Empire, and if they deviate from this objective they will be promptly ejected from the family circle. Slaves, of course, were subsidiary ‘members’ of Roman families, and a crucial component of the ancient Roman imperial machine to which the British liked to compare their own colonial venture. Their blood oiled the pistons of Roman society, so to speak; and in much the same way, Babel depends on the blood of its staff and students. Their relationship with the Tower is literally cemented in blood, in fact, since vials of blood are extracted from Babel’s workers and kept in storage under the building as a means of protecting it from unwelcome intruders. Only Babel staff and students can pass unharmed through the Tower’s front door, which is guarded by spells designed to unleash a barrage of deadly missiles on unwary visitors – that is, on people whose blood the building does not acknowledge as its own. Professor Playfair, who devises these spells, assures his students as he takes their blood that ‘Now you’re part of the tower’ and that ‘now the tower knows you’ (p. 86). This confirms them as Babel insiders, but also binds them bodily to the Institute, so that they are as much in its power as a child is in the power of its parents or guardians. A Babel student can as easily be cut off from the Institute (by destroying their vial) as Professor Lovell’s children can be cut off if they prove unsuitable for his purposes. No wonder Ramy describes the concept of being ‘known’ by the Tower as ‘a bit creepy’ (p. 86).

Nicolette Caven, Kuang’s Babel inserted into the map of Oxford.

Hermes too represents itself as a global family, but one that is vastly more inclusive than its imperial counterpart. Robin’s arrival in the Old Library feels like a sudden extension of his family circle, since the building resembles a smaller Babel while its inhabitants embrace the mutual acceptance, international outlook and pleasure in sharing knowledge enjoyed by Robin and his three best friends. The revolutionaries of Hermes discuss how to extend the family circle still further by convincing other victims of British imperialism to recognise what they have in common. ‘The point is to build a [global] coalition,’ the conspirator Anthony explains to Robin (p. 405), and this is made possible by the similar problems faced by families across the world: ‘The fate of a poor family in [Guangdong] is in fact intricately linked to the fate of an out-of-work weaver from Yorkshire’ (p. 406). A model for this coalition is provided by the alliance between the revolutionary translators who seize the Tower of Babel in the final part of the book and the unemployed British workers who barricade the Oxford streets in support of the rising. Those workers were introduced into Kuang’s narrative by way of a family reduced to beggary after the father lost his job, when his labour at a northern factory was rendered redundant by technological advances driven by translation magic. Robin first sees the father as a solitary protestor throwing eggs at the Babel students, face distorted by rage (p. 210); but their next meeting involves a moment of mutual recognition, which shows obvious parallels with Robin’s encounter with the Chinese labourer in Guangdong:

One stormy night […] Robin glimpsed a family sitting at a corner of Woodstock Road holding out tin mugs for alms. […] The two small children gave him little waves as he approached, and the sight of their pale, rain-stroked faces made him feel guilty enough to stop and fish several pennies out of his pocket.

‘Thank you,’ murmured the father. ‘God bless you.’

The man’s beard had grown out, and his clothes had got a good deal tattier, but Robin still recognised him – he was, without question, one of the men who had screamed obscenities at him on his way into the tower several weeks ago. He met Robin’s eyes. It wasn’t clear if he recognised Robin as well[.] (p. 214)

The brief, ambiguous moment of mutual recognition harks back to the time when Robin looked into the labourer’s face and saw in it the story of his life as an itinerant worker. That earlier encounter led to an acrimonious parting. The meeting with the factory worker’s family, by contrast, proves prophetic of Robin’s third and final meeting with the same worker, which takes place at the door of the Tower, now held to ransom by the rebel translators. At this point both men recognise each other unambiguously, and Robin finally learns the man’s name: Abel Goodfellow, his surname recalling the impish goblin Robin Goodfellow from A Midsummer Night’s Dream. The fact that they share the forename Robin – or in Abel’s case the shadow or memory of that name – confirms the fact that they are now ‘good fellows’, part of a revolutionary fellowship or family which seeks to extend its branches to exploited workers throughout the world. Their last meeting is in fact a warm one, and ends more warmly still, when Abel shakes Robin’s hand goodbye and says ‘God be with you’, echoing his words on the corner of Woodstock Road many months before (p. 533). Abel’s familial relationship with Robin is never made explicit, but Kuang represents his farewell handshake as the polar opposite of Lovell’s emotional coldness: ‘His grip was so warm [and] solid’ (p. 533). Abel’s implied kinship with the young translator stems not from a bid to get power over him, or to make him a member of some exclusive club, as Lovell’s familial manoeuvring so often was; it arises instead from a mutual understanding of their common interests and shared objectives. It’s egalitarian, supportive, inclusive, and emotionally satisfying, and includes no constraint, no build-up of pressure. Abel and his fellow ‘workmen strikers’ represent the possibility of another kind of relationship between Robin and Britain, a relationship based on solidarity between members of the exploited classes, regardless of ethnicity, who pit themselves against all kinds of oppression (p. 486).

Robin’s relationship with his Babel and Hermes families is reinforced in both cases by other family ties. He is tied to Babel, of course, by his father, for whom (as for Professor Playfair) the Tower is ‘the most wonderful place on earth’ (p. 82). He is also tied to it by his chosen family, the three Babel students he meets in his earliest days at Oxford, Ramy, Victoire and Letty. He warms to all three at once, and at one key moment abruptly realizes what they mean to him, sensing it in his body’s core, where (as we’ve seen) he senses all his most powerful emotions:

He blinked, because he’d just registered what this most mundane and extraordinary moment meant – that in the space of several weeks, they had become what he’d never found in Hampstead [i.e. in Professor Lovell’s household], what he thought he’d never have again after [Guangdong]: a circle of people he loved so fiercely his chest hurt when he thought of them.

A family. (p. 132)

By the time this recognition dawns, however, he has already been introduced to the Hermes family, by way of another family tie: his half-brother Griffin. Griffin is Robin’s doppelgänger, his other self. They look the same, owing to their shared paternity: Griffin, it emerges, is the product of an earlier experiment by Lovell, who sought to father a child bilingual in Chinese and English but took Griffin away from his family too young, before the Chinese language became fully engrained in his body and mind. The half-brothers spot the physical resemblance between them before ever they know of their blood ties. They also share the same early history, the same education, even the same passions or desires: Robin harbours an unspoken attraction to Ramy, which arouses the jealousy of their friend Letty, while Griffin, it emerges, was at the centre of a similar love triangle with his friends Evie Brooke and Sterling Jones. Both love triangles culminate in death: Letty shoots Ramy in the Old Library, Griffin kills Evie in Babel, and Griffin and Sterling kill each other in the grounds of Oxford Castle. Even Robin’s own death springs directly from his loss of Ramy, which leaves him willing to sacrifice his life for the revolution. After Griffin’s death, in fact, the two young men seem to merge into one. Robin loses his tentativeness, the resistance to violence that led him to turn against Hermes for a time, and ‘channels’ his dead half-brother at the insurrection, taking on his persona as he and Victoire seize control of Babel: ‘He forced his voice to grow, to take up more space in the room than he ever had’ (p. 451). By this time he and his brother are no longer separate entities, one older and more knowledgeable than the other, one more committed to the cause than his weaker sibling, one so much larger than the other in charisma and outlook that Robin must physically ‘grow’ in order to achieve an equal stature. There is no longer any need for translation between them, that is, of explanations of each other’s political and personal positions. In this scene Robin’s growth reaches maximum capacity, and he finds himself at last large enough to accommodate the many disparate elements that comprise both his and Griffin’s complicated, dangerous inner lives.

Arthur Rackham (d. 1939), William Wilson and his doppelgänger, from Edgar Allan Poe’s short story of 1839

Woven through Robin’s family ties are the betrayals he commits against his many families. He betrays Babel when he agrees to work for Hermes, and he betrays the other members of his chosen family, Ramy, Victoire and Letty, when he fails to let them in on the secret. He betrays Hermes when he is exposed by Babel as a Hermes operative, and chooses to give up the location of one of their safe houses in exchange for his freedom to continue as a Babel student. He betrays his Chinese family by working as an interpreter for the British Empire, which first failed to protect them from cholera and now seeks to control their country through the disease of addiction. He betrays his father’s family in reaction to his father’s repeated betrayals of Robin himself. In many cases he goes on to atone for these betrayals, for instance by saving Ramy and Victoire’s lives when they are caught in one of Playfair’s traps, or by telling the truth about the British to the Chinese High Commissioner, or by leading the translator’s revolution against the Tower whose forces massacred his friends at Hermes. On the other hand, he also atones for his betrayal of Babel by putting an end to his work for Hermes, and later by informing on the secret organization. He reconciles with his father, for a short time, by consenting to work with him in China. His final commitment to Hermes is read as treachery by his friend Letty. Each betrayal also constitutes an act of loyalty, each act of loyalty constitutes a betrayal, and it’s on the basis of these contradictions, Kuang implies, that British imperialism retains its grip on its colonised subjects.

In the closing stages of the book, the concepts of familial loyalty and betrayal come under intense scrutiny. Alone and on the run after the destruction of the Old Library and the massacre of its insurrectionist community, Robin and Victoire find their way to a Hermes safe house where they send out a signal in the form of a beacon to potential allies, using the magic of a silver bar they find there. Later, when they have captured Babel with a small band of fellow translators, they send out another flock of messages, this time written on sheets of paper made to fly across the city of Oxford by another spell. By this time all their family groups have been destroyed, and their quest for a new community looks bleak; as they light their magical beacon in the safe house, an exhausted Robin remarks ‘I don’t know if anyone’s even listening’ (p. 448), while the translator-insurrectionists in the Tower conceal from one another the same anxiety: ‘They were all suffering from […] a creeping dread that this strike might do nothing but damn themselves, and that their cries would go unheard into the night’ (p. 467). On both occasions, however, their calls for help are answered. When they enter the Tower of Babel in the hope of seizing it – two students against an imperial institution – they are soon joined by a little group of like-minded translators, which include Professor Chakravarti, the one person in Britain who seems to have spotted their beacon. Their flying paper messages bring them the support of the British labourers led by Abel Goodfellow, who brings one of the messages with him when he joins them in the Tower. As the taking of the Tower turns into a siege, with the translators on the inside and the British imperial forces on the outside, it gradually emerges that the cause of the translators is a universal one among the working population of the world – more universal, indeed, than the translators themselves had suspected. Abel points out that the striking workers of Britain have been trying to draw attention to affinities between their cause and the cause of the translators for many years – the translators, ironically, had simply failed to understand their language (working-class suffering, the insurrectionist Professor Craft confesses, is ‘a side of the story we don’t often think about, isn’t it?’, p. 495). For all its positive implications, the word ‘family’ also implies an outside: people who don’t belong to the intimate network of friends, protectors, lovers and comrades which identify any family group as residing inside a set of self-made defences or barriers. Abel Goodfellow and his striking workers set up barricades outside the Tower to protect the translators from the British army, but their barricades represent not exclusiveness but ‘solidarity’ (p. 486), a solidarity that implicitly extends itself to all who work for powerful and contemptuous bosses. This worldwide solidarity with the oppressed can hardly be adequately identified as a familial relationship, since there is no nation or population whose members are exempt from it.

The inclusiveness of solidarity exposes the limitations of the family concept. Families invariably involve constraints and obligations which can feel imprisoning. There can be no family without people who are defined as not family – strangers, enemies, aliens, others. The terms ‘treason’, ’treachery’ and ‘betrayal’, which get wielded against their members so often by the various families and quasi-familial groups to which Robin belongs, imply that there are clearly defined rules in place that cannot be broken without transforming yourself into – or exposing yourself as – a stranger, an enemy, a threat. These rules are invariably put in place by authority figures, frequently paternal or patriarchal, who also interpret them and punish breaches as they see fit. An example of such a patriarchal family is Britain itself, which (as an imperial power) identifies certain people as authentically ‘British’ and others – such as the translators of colour who work for Babel – as not British at all, and as incapable of ever attaining Britishness because they are not bound to Britain by blood. The blood kept in vials by Babel does not count; it is merely a failsafe mechanism, not a genuine statement of inclusion and affection. This is why a diverse group of translators from many countries – including a white woman born and raised in Britain – choose to betray the British family, a betrayal which takes the most damning form of all from an imperialist perspective: ‘treason against the crown’ (p. 466).

In the final sections of the book, by contrast, the rules of the translator’s rebellion are not imposed by some patriarchal authority figures but made up collectively, on the fly, by the translators themselves. The insurrectionists react to their chosen situation – a situation of extreme danger, which culminates in an act of collective self-destruction as they bring down the Tower, along with the rods and bars that sustain the Empire, on their heads – in very different ways: they scatter to different parts of the building, where each considers how to reconcile themselves with their imminent deaths, and in the final seconds of the revolution each speaks the words of magic that bring down the Tower in a separate place, in terrible isolation. They work together, in other words, for the same objective, but they retain their individual self-determination at all times, refusing to be moulded into a homogeneous body responding to orders from above; refuse, that is, to become a patriarchal family. In this way they set up an alternative model of relations within a close-knit group which lives and dies in a single village, building or ‘home’.

As a result, at various points in the revolution disagreements arise among the revolutionaries, and these are sometimes resolved with actions that might in a patriarchal family group be defined as betrayal. Professor Chakravarti, for example, finds that at one stage he cannot condone the level of violence that will be committed against the British population by the translators, as they destroy the magic spells which hold buildings, roads, machines, bridges and other crucial elements of the social infrastructure together. There will be too much collateral destruction, he insists, involving innocents: women and children who have never exercised authority on behalf of the Empire. It is agreed, then, that he must leave the Tower; but he is never accused of betrayal, only of choosing a different path because of his convictions. The same is true of Abel Goodfellow, who supports the revolution for as long as he can but will not stay to be massacred with the rest, since he is relied upon by his family and fellow workers. As we have seen, his parting with Robin, who elects to stay, is warmly affectionate; there is never a hint that Robin feels betrayed by his decision. Finally, Victoire too decides to leave before the other insurrectionists bring the Tower down on themselves, like latter-day Samsons. Her reasoning is that the struggle must continue, and that she refuses to be another victim of Empire, another ‘Dying Negro’ (p. 527), to be spoken and written about with a pity indistinguishable from condescension. ‘I want to live, and thrive, and survive them,’ she tells Robin (p. 527); ‘I want a future’. And in choosing a future she ensures that the translator’s rebellion is larger than itself; that it is not confined to a single point in history, but opens out into a complex web of new movements, communities and imaginative possibilities, extending from the imaginary nineteenth century into the lifetime of Kuang’s readers and beyond. She ensures that a future of resistance, courage, commitment, and self-respect in the face of widespread contempt or hostility, is no mere ‘exercise in fantasy’ (p. 511), as Robin sees it. Her decision to break away from the insurrection, to go beyond it, in other words, is as necessary as the insurrection itself.

Like the rebellion it describes, Kuang’s novel is larger in every way than its dimensions suggest – although these are by no means negligible; it’s a substantial book. Babel insinuates itself into the familiar narrative of history, creating a space for itself where no such space existed before, much as Kuang created a space for the Tower of Babel on the map of Oxford, where there is no real space for such an innovation. The translator-insurrectionists worry that their struggle will be forgotten, that their histories will be ‘erased’ (p. 507). One of their number, Ibrahim, even sets about writing a small account of the revolution, which Abel takes with him when he leaves the Tower. The history is designed as an act of translation, a way of interpreting the designs and desires of the revolutionaries – though Robin remains concerned at its inadequacy when faced with ‘the oppressive wrath of denigrating narrative they fought against’ (p. 507). Kuang’s book contains both Ibrahim’s little history and Robin’s doubts as to its effectiveness, and lends them an emotional resonance which they would never have had outside her story; her readers will find their hearts and minds affected by her words as if by a silver rod or bar, thrumming in harmony with the young rebels they have come to know so well. We carry them with us when we finish reading, as Victoire carried the anti-imperialist struggle beyond the Tower.

Kuang’s angry Oxford novel strains at its own seams. It’s full of footnotes, some of which refer to neglected colonial and anti-colonial episodes in real world history, others to aspects of her own story she has no time to develop – most startlingly, perhaps, the story of the love-triangle involving Griffin and his university friends which came to a violent end with Griffin’s death (p. 431). Footnotes imply a vastly larger world than the one contained within a book’s chosen narrative arc, and the reader who pays attention to Kuang’s footnotes may well find themselves setting out on a journey of exploration that takes them off at a tangent from the story of Robin and his friends: for instance, into a history of the Haitian Revolution or of the First and Second Opium Wars. Kuang’s novel, in other words, enlarges our understanding of history, even as it trades in impossibilities involving the magic of translation. Indeed, it subtly redefines fantasy itself, which is often defined as the literature of impossibility. We are at all times surrounded by impossibilities, Kuang tells us, from the impossibility of  condoning Empire – which many of us nevertheless succeed in achieving – to the impossibility of insurrection, which has also been achieved from time to time. Translation itself has often been driven by fantasies, such as the notion that there was once a universal Adamic language spoken by everyone on earth, and from which all languages can ultimately be derived, as diverse families might claim to be derived from a common ancestor. Translation itself, she adds, is a fantastic impossibility. We can never hope to convey the full meaning of a statement in one language by translating it into another. ‘Language was just difference,’ Robin thinks in the final moments of his life, ‘A thousand different ways of seeing, of moving through the world. No; a thousand worlds within one. And translation – a necessary endeavour, however futile, to move between them’ (p. 537). Translation may be impossible, but it is necessary; as necessary as the commitment to constant movement, and the constant reaffirmation of solidarity between communities, which set us in opposition to the rules, constraints and prohibitions of Empires past and present, great and small.

Rebecca F. Kuang

NOTES

[1] See Michael Levy and Farah Mendlesohn, Children’s Fantasy Literature: An Introduction (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2016), Chapter 5, ‘The Changing Landscape of Post-war Fantasy’.

[2] See Genesis 11, 1-9, especially v. 4: ‘And they said, Go to, let us build us a city and a tower, whose top may reach unto heaven’.

[3] The Radcliffe Library is now known as the Radcliffe Camera.

[4] See p. 199: ‘Back at Babel, Professor Chakravarti led Robin up to the southern wing of the eighth floor’.

[5] Indeed, all four of her main characters – four young translators working for Babel – are associated with slavery, in that they replicate the role of the slaves of the Egyptian king Psammetichus, young Egyptian boys who were brought up to speak fluent Greek so that they could keep an eye on the king’s unreliable Greek allies (pp. 82-3).

[6] His colleague Professor Playfair says something similar about Babel on p. 82: ‘It’s the most wonderful place on earth’.

[7] Robin’s tutor, Professor Playfair, later compares entering the Tower for the first time to ‘taking food in the seelie court’ (p. 82). Traditionally, eating food in the realm of the fairies condemns you to stay with them for ever as their slave.

[8] The close link between Hermes and Babel is neatly summed up by the name of the revolutionary organization. Professor Playfair tells his students that ‘There is indeed something special about silver that makes it an ideal vehicle for what we do. I like to think that it was blessed by the gods – it’s refined with mercury, after all, and Mercury is the messenger god, no? Mercury, Hermes. Does silver then have an inextricable link to hermeneutics?’ (pp. 83-4). Later Griffin explains the reasoning behind the name of the group he works for, the Hermes Society. ‘It’s a joke. Silver and mercury, mercury and Hermes, Hermes and hermeneutics. I don’t know who came up with it. (p. 99). Quite possibly it was the Society’s most implacable enemy, Professor Playfair, who gave its members the idea for the name.

[9] See for example The Burning God (2020), pp. 62-3: ‘She’d laid her loyalty at the feet of two masters before. Each had betrayed her in turn. She’d trusted first [the Empress] Daji and then [the would-be Republican leader] Vaisra, and they’d both sold her away without blinking’.

[10] Robin’s first name also echoes a celebrated British colonial text, Robinson Crusoe (1719). The castaway refers to himself so often as ‘Poor Robin Crusoe’ that his parrot learns the phrase. Kuang’s Robin could be said to be in equal parts the isolated subject of Empire, Robinson himself, and the indigenous man he rescues and makes his servant or slave, Friday. It’s noteworthy that we never learn Friday’s true name, only the name Crusoe gives him.

[11] See in particular Gulliver’s account of the current state of England in Book 4, in which he explains the guiding principles of colonialism: ‘Sometimes our Neighbours want the Things which we have, or have the Things which we want; and we both fight, till they take ours or give us theirs. It is a very justifiable Cause of War to invade a Country after the People have been wasted by Famine, destroyed by Pestilence, or embroiled by Factions among themselves. It is justifiable to enter into a War against our nearest Ally, when one of his Towns lies convenient for us, or a Territory or Land, that would render our Dominions round and compact. If a Prince send Forces into a Nation, where the People are poor and ignorant, he may lawfully put half of them to Death, and make Slaves of the rest, in order to civilize and reduce them from their barbarous Way of Living.’ Jonathan Swift, Gulliver’s Travels, ed. Robert A. Greenberg (New York and London: W. W. Norton and Co., 1970), p. 213.

[12] Echoes of the encounter between Robin and the labourer can be found throughout the novel, from Robin’s insistence, when he explains his betrayal of Hermes to Ramy and Victoire, that he has a ‘contract’ with Babel (p. 287), to the solidarity he finds with a British worker, Abel Goodfellow, in the final chapters; I touch on this solidarity in the next section.

[13] It’s his student Anthony who uses this term for the first time: ‘Welcome to your home for the next four years’, he says on p. 74.

Karel Čapek, War with the Newts (1936)

[This essay-review by my mother, Elizabeth Maslen, was published in the journal Science Fiction Studies in 1987. My father worked on it with her, as linguistic adviser for Czech, Polish and Russian. She was proud of the piece, and keen for me to place it on The City of Lost Books with an acknowledgment of my father’s help in writing it. I put it here now as a testament to both my parents, Elizabeth Maslen (1935-2025) and John Maslen (1935-2020).

The published version of the essay can be found in Science Fiction Studies, vol. 14 (1987), pp. 82-92, as ‘Proper Words in Proper Places: The Challenge of Čapek’s War with the Newts’. I’ve added a couple of corrections, one footnote, and some links.

 A useful summary of the plot of War with the Newts is given here. I don’t think you strictly need it to follow the piece.

The two translations under review are as follows:

 Karel Čapek, War with the Newts, trans. M. and R. Weatherall (1937) for George Allen and Unwin, introduced by Ivan Klíma (Evanston, IL: Northwestern UP, 1985)

 Karel Čapek, War with the Newts, trans. Ewald Osers (London: Unwin Paperbacks, 1985). My own copy of this book doesn’t mention the name of the translator anywhere, which is shameful.]

War with the Newts was originally published in Prague in 1936 and was written in Czech. At first glance this statement may seem merely factual, and yet the more one considers the book’s speedy impact on Western readers, the more impressive it is: Allen and Unwin’s version, for example, came out in 1937 and so was made available to a wide readership (which included George Orwell) before Čapek’s death in 1938 and before the Nazi invasion of Czechoslovakia. Admittedly Kafka, who spent most of his life in Prague, was already a considerable cult figure in the Western Europe of the 1930s; but Kafka wrote in German. Yet even before the First World War, before Czechoslovakia won freedom from the Austro-Hungarian Empire, Čapek chose to write in Czech; and he continued to do so throughout his life, despite a university career which took him to both Berlin and Paris. By the ’20s he had proved, especially with his play R.U.R., that his choice of language was no deterrent to international recognition; but he had certainly gambled with his eyes open. So what made him turn his back on easier ways of gaining a following abroad and choose to write on universal themes in a little-known literary language?

Less than 100 years before Čapek wrote War with the Newts, Czech could not be considered seriously as a literary vehicle. The country remained part of the Austro-Hungarian Empire throughout the 19th century; it was only in the 1840s that the need for an independent cultural identity began to assert itself insistently, and with it the desire to write in Czech. Yet what were to be the models for pioneers of literary expression such as Jan Neruda? Extraordinarily, they chose to turn for guidance to the 16th-century Kralická Bible, whose literary mode came closest to the Czech dialect still spoken in the Balbin district. In other words, although the urge to write in Czech came from a stubbornly maintained spoken language, a literary language was resurrected and reconstructed from an archaic prototype in the second half of the 19th century.

Given the reputation of German as a literary language on the one hand and the rapidly growing strength of Russian literature on the other, the attempt to establish Czech as a literary vehicle between 1840 and 1880 must have seemed a gesture more akin to the world of fantasy than to self-evident fact. Yet it was to work; and in the hands of Karel Čapek (also, to a lesser extent, Jaroslav Hašek with The Good Soldier Schweik [1921-23]), it was to capture the attention of the West.

Indeed, the whole question of language is of crucial importance in War with the Newts, although it is one of the most difficult aspects of the work to convey fully in translation. Čapek is a past master at moving from the ultra-literary to the colloquial, and can imitate or parody any verbal register: journalistic (popular press or periodical), scientific, legal, bureaucratic, political – all have their moments under his microscope. And there are other language games. Take the case of Captain van Toch, who opens the book. When we first meet him in Dutch Indonesia, he seems to be a typical Dutch merchant seaman. But we soon discover that he is nothing of the kind: his name is Vantoch and he is Czech. Part of the fun here is that Czechoslovakia is not a maritime country and so, as Vantoch says himself, Czech sea-captains are rare. However, Czechoslovakia – even Vantoch’s own modest place of birth – does supply captains of industry (Bondy is in fact a central character in The Factory of the Absolute, or The Absolute at Large, Čapek’s novel of 1922), and so has its own channel through which it can reach the outside world. But the main thrust of the joke borders, for Czech readers, on black comedy: Captain van Toch deliberately passes himself off as Dutch in Indonesia. A shrewd adoption of local colour perhaps; yet we soon find that he is cavalier, to say the least, in his attitude to language. He speaks Malay to the Bataks; but they do not understand him, since they – unsurprisingly – speak Batak (not ‘Batavian’, a coinage of the Allen and Unwin translation).[1] And the full extent of his linguistic folly is revealed when he returns home to Czechoslovakia. He cannot remember Czech words and frequently resorts to other languages, especially English. This is not a problem which is fully exposed or exploited in either of the translations under review, with the result that conversation in, for example, the chapter ‘G.H. Bondy and his Fellow Countryman’ seems oddly repetitive in English. In the original, however, we find that Vantoch has forgotten so much of his Czech that he offers terms which his compatriot has to translate. (In fairness, it should be said that Čapek mocks both parties: Bondy is disappointed when he discovers that he is dealing with a mere Czech and not a foreigner.)

The linguistic thread, I repeat, is crucial to War with the Newts since one of the Newts’ most impressive abilities is that they can speak and read easily when given the chance. This skill is shown to be quite as important as their adaptability to tools and technology; indeed, without their linguistic capacity they would be impervious to exploitation. Language is inevitably the means used to indoctrinate them with a confused medley of humankind’s ideas, and is inextricably linked with that extrapolation from certain modes of thought which Čapek shows so mercilessly as leading to the destabilization and corruption of the Newts. Yet Čapek does not preach at us pedantically; indeed, he uses one of his prime concerns, the status of the Czech language, as a vehicle for comic relief. One superb moment occurs in the second book when all countries are vying for linguistic domination of the Newts. The Czechs decide that, although they are not a maritime nation, they too must compete; and they accordingly produce ‘a small manual, Czech for Newts, complete with examples of Czechoslovak belles-lettres. It may sound incredible, but over seven thousand copies of that little book were actually sold; all in all, therefore, it was a remarkable success’ (WWN 2:2:147).[2] (It should be said that at the time of the sale there are millions of Newts in the world.) And Čapek does not leave the matter there: one copy of Czech for Newts is found in the hands of a Newt on the lonely Galapagos Islands. Its learned questioning of two literary Czech tourists on the state of their language exposes the fragility of Czech as a literary language:

‘Alas, there is no one here to whom I could speak Czech,’ our new friend remarked modestly, ‘and I am not even quite sure whether the instrumentative case of the word koň is koni or koňmi.’

‘Ko’ňmi,’ I said.

‘Oh no, koni,’ my wife exclaimed with animation. (WWN 2:2:148)

But Čapek does not use language as an end in itself: it is always a tool, an ‘ideas’ weapon. The ‘small manual, Czech for Newts’, contains examples of ‘Czechoslovak belles-lettres’, we remember; yet when the Czech-speaking Newt questions the tourists about what he has been reading, the subject-matter sounds, to say the least, surprising. The Newt comments, for example, on:

‘…the disaster of the White Mountain and the three hundred years of servitude. I have read about it a lot in this book. No doubt you are very proud of your three hundred years of servitude. That was a great period, sir!’

‘Yes, a hard period,’ I agreed: ‘A period of oppression and grief.’

‘And did you groan?’ our friend inquired with keen interest.

‘We groaned, we suffering inexpressibly under the yoke of the savage oppressors.’

‘I am delighted to hear it,’ the Newt heaved a sigh of relief, ‘That is exactly what it says in my book. I am happy to find it is true.’ (WWN 2:2:149)

Here Čapek not only mocks his fellow-countrymen for wallowing in past sufferings but shrewdly shows how this kind of pride in humiliation can be fostered in others; after all, the Newts are experiencing just such servitude themselves, albeit the literary tourists do not note the parallel.

This kind of indoctrination by language rather than its content is demonstrated, wittily and perceptively, elsewhere. Andrew Scheuchzer, the Newt kept at the London Zoo, is taught to speak and read by his taciturn keeper; the intellectuals are too busy being ‘scientific’ about the Newt to look to its intellectual development, which in any case they choose to doubt. So Andrew learns language from an inarticulate man who supplies his charge with evening papers. Again Čapek slyly inserts warning signals amidst the humour, as when Andrew answers questions posed by the learned team eventually sent to investigate his articulateness. All answers come from advertisements and journalistic jargon:

How many continents are there?

A: Five.

Very good. Which are they?

A: England and the rest.

Which are the rest?

A: The Bolsheviks and the Germans. And Italy.

Where are the Gilbert Islands?

A: In England. England will not tie herself to the Continent. England needs ten thousand aircraft. Visit the English south coast. (WWN 1:9:84)

Inevitably the intellectuals conclude their report on this conversation with predictable complacency: ‘There is absolutely no need to overrate [the Newt’s] intelligence, since in no respect does it exceed the intelligence of the average person of our time’ (WWN 1:9:85). Later, with acute wit and a built-in warning about the relation of language and patterns of (rather than capacity for) thought, Čapek records the arguments concerning the language which Newts ought to speak. All sorts of theories are propounded but no conclusive decision is reached, so that in the end: ‘The fact was that Basic English was the most common language among the Newts and subsequently became the official Newt language’ (WWN 2:2:145).

As I have already indicated, the full impact and import of Čapek’s handling of language in War with the Newts is extremely difficult to convey in translation since, as Čapek himself is the first to acknowledge within his own work, language and culture are so intimately connected. This point is demonstrated, for instance, when we are told that, although the ‘wild’ male Newts have an intricate and ‘strangely beautiful’ dance which they perform on the shore at night, no one bothers to ask them about its significance: linguistic communication with these savages is minimal. Instead they are talked out of their dance and taught to label it a ‘bestial and low practice’ which is ‘shameful and dissolute’ (WWN 2:2:143). Yet human intellectuals theorize about the dance’s meaning, while the privileged human young attempt to imitate it at parties and secret orgies. Čapek never tells us what the dance really meant to the Newts; and his and their silence on the subject is all the more audible since we know that both he and they can be extremely articulate. The intellectuals argue away the Newts’ facility with language as ‘parrot-like’; the human governments and their technologists put emphasis instead on the Newts’ extraordinary capacity with tools and later with sophisticated technology.

What Čapek sees with such clarity is the peril of technology divorced from an articulated culture. The decline into a utilitarian desert is already implied in the central book concerning the history of the Newts:

[W]hat else is civilization than the ability to make use of things invented by someone else? Even if, for the sake of argument, the Newts have no original ideas of their own they can perfectly well have their own science. True, they have no music or literature of their own but they manage perfectly well without; indeed people are beginning to think that this is marvellously modern of them […] Never before in human history has so much been manufactured, constructed or earned as in this great age […] [The] Newts have brought enormous progress to the world, as well as an ideal called Quantity […] [G]ood heavens, how can you compare us with that outmoded Human Age with its ponderous, finicky and useless fuss that went by the name of culture, the arts, pure science and what have you! (WWN 2:2:166)

Čapek leaves his readers to recall that the Newts have never been encouraged to develop or articulate their own culture, and have been taught to see it in such a degrading or irrelevant way that they have understandably concentrated on unadulterated pragmatism. However, the author makes his point about the importance of language, text, the arts, ‘and what have you’ by every means at his disposal. He not only builds his case into the themes and plot of War with the Newts; he uses his own textual skills. He underlines shifts in register, culture, or time by the visual effects of shifts in typeface; he quotes from unnamed and sometimes invented languages with no attempt at translation; he gives us the all-important pictorial illustration of that first salamander skeleton so ironically thought to be human… and it does look human.

So far I have been discussing Čapek’s concern for language and endeavouring to identify the role which he assigns to it. He is opposed to nationalism, yet he argues for the importance of culture; he writes in Czech, yet he wields his language as a weapon against the whole of his contemporary world. And so it is surely not self-contradictory that, although he writes in Czech, he draws on many foreign sources for his mode of writing. Furthermore, he was working within a still youthful Czech literary tradition which had every opportunity to look abroad for fresh models: during the years when he was writing, Prague was an increasingly vigorous centre for translation and publication; Western texts and expatriate or internally censored Russian texts all found an outlet through the Prague presses. Wells and Huxley were just two of the Western writers available; and it was the Prague edition of Zamyatin’s We in 1927 which provoked Stalin’s wrath against that author. Čapek therefore had many cultures on his doorstep, as it were. In the mid-19th century, when still dominated by the Austro-Hungarian Empire, writers not unnaturally had looked to the West; but by the last quarter of the century, the growing intellectual ferment in Russia, together with the common Slavonic roots of Russian and Czech, had led some writers, such as Jan Kollár, to look to the East as well. Čapek, in War with the Newts, looks in both directions; and this combination of influences has to be taken into account if we are to appreciate Čapek’s subtlety.

For it is not quite fair to say, as Klíma says (and as František Buriánek says in his afterword to the 1968 Prague edition of Krakatit [1924]), that Čapek is primarily against science and technology, any more than it is fair to say the same about his Russian contemporary, Zamyatin. Zamyatin takes on the whole organ of state in the futuristic society of We; Čapek tackles an extraordinary range of contemporary ideas with the lightest of touches in War with the Newts. In the Western tradition, both writers acknowledge their indebtedness to Wells. Certainly the beginning of War with the Newts, with its gradual movement from a straight sea-yarn to the fabular encounter with the Newts is highly reminiscent of a number of Wells’s short stories, as is the lightly handled, macabre wit; and the overall scope of Čapek’s book is reminiscent of Wells’s longer works, such as A Modern Utopia (1905). But Čapek, I would argue, is more successful than Wells in his capacity to contain within a relatively short work such a large scale of reference. Virtually nothing in world politics or ideas is omitted, and yet there is tight structuring and none of the Grand-Old-Man tone of Wells’s late pronouncements. Čapek moves deftly from the exploitation of the Newts to the exploitation of human beings, with an expository central book purporting to be a history of the Newts but which Čapek uses to review his contemporary world and its roots wittily and mercilessly; and such structuring is not one of Wells’s strengths in his wide-ranging later works. It is true that Čapek’s coda to his book is as chilling as it is humorous and that this is a Wellsian touch; but I would argue that Čapek’s use of literary devices to expose the manipulation of society and events by words goes far beyond Wells in skill and effect.

Within the text of War with the Newts, Čapek puts Wells in the company of Aldous Huxley, whose Brave New World was published in 1932; and certainly the Appendix on ‘The Sex Life of the Newts’ offers parodic echoes of Huxley’s futuristic work. But while the human sex-life which Huxley describes in Brave New World amusingly caricatures body contact, Čapek  outdoes him satirically by showing a similar kind of Newt sex-life which humankind dismisses or dissects with clinical detachment and cruelty simply because it is alien. And Čapek’s links with Western literature are by no means confined to writers of SF or (to use a favourite term of his) utopias. For example, he also mentions Joseph Conrad in War with the Newts: Bondy sees van Toch’s adventures (and incidentally Bondy always uses the Dutch pseudonym, no doubt as a sign of his taste for the exotic) as partly Conradian in their romantic tendencies. But while the Indonesian explorations and Vantoch’s sentimental references to the Newts do indeed recall, say, the later sections of Lord Jim (1900), there may also be a dig (given Čapek’s de-Czeched van Toch) at Conrad’s defection from his native Poland (and Polish language) to the English literary scene. It is thus fair to say that while Čapek does draw on a number of Western writers (and I have only mentioned a sample selection), he adapts them to his own vision and remains very much his own man.

Fringing these direct literary references is a wide range of names which reveal Čapek’s considerable knowledge of Western personalities and ideas, extending from the political and philosophical to the scientific and technological. An amusing instance is the composition of the team of intellectuals who visit the London Zoo newt: two of its members are named as Sir Oliver Dodge and Julian Foxley (who scarcely disguise Lodge the spiritualist and Aldous’s brother, an atheist, respectively) – no intellectual aberration or eccentricity would seem to escape Čapek. And just as nothing is too marginal for his attention, so nothing is too central to unnerve him: the Chief Salamander is revealed at the end of the book to be ‘human. His name is Andreas Schultze and during the War he was a Sergeant-Major somewhere’ (WWN 3:11:239). As Klíma implies, both background and pseudonym (related as the latter is to Andrias Scheuchzeri, the racial name perfunctorily bestowed on the Newts by the humans) are at least partly reminiscent of Adolf Hitler.

This last, teasingly screened ‘identification’ brings us to one of the most intriguing Eastern influences on Čapek’s work: the Aesopian language first perfected in 19th-century Russia and given its label by the satirist Saltykov-Shchedrin (like Čapek, a master of many verbal registers). Recently, an admirable book by Lev Loseff has appeared,[3] a book much needed to elucidate a mode of writing not always fully understood in the West. Loseff examines the type of oblique writing which is often used under totalitarian regimes when censorship is particularly strict. Its popularity, like that of satire in the West, tends to fluctuate: just as Saltykov-Shchedrin was admired by Chekhov, for example, Aesopian language was deplored by Dostoyevsky. But it is never entirely out of vogue. Following the example of Saltykov-Shchedrin and of the Russian fabulist Krylov, a translator of La Fontaine (who himself figures in a ‘charitable’ education syllabus for Čapek’s Newts) and subsequently the inventor of his own Russian fables early in the 19th century, Lenin used Aesopian language under the Tsars; Zamyatin used it first under the Tsars and later under the Blosheviks; while Shvarts, Solzhenitsyn, and the brothers Strugatsky are among those who have used it under the Soviet regime up to the end of the 1960s.

Aesopian language does not, despite the implications of its name, necessarily involve the use of animal fable; it is a mode rather than a genre, employing various means of both concealing and signalling references to extratextual matters. Some works are entirely Aesopian, others only partly so. Loseff’s epigraph, taken from Gogol’s short story ‘The Nose’ (1836), helps to identify the mode while also showing its relevance to Čapek’s War with the Newts:

‘But what makes my business unreasonable? It wouldn’t seem to be anything of the sort’ [says Kovalyov].

‘That’s the way you see it’ [the clerk at the newspaper office responds]. ‘But look here, the same thing happened last week. A civil servant came in exactly as you have now, brought a hand-written note, the change came to two roubles and seventy-two copecks, and all he wanted to announce was that a black poodle had run away. Ask yourself, what could be wrong with that? But it turned out to be libel; that so-called poodle was the treasurer of some institution, I don’t remember which one.’

This extract identifies both the uses of Aesopian language and its capacity for being either overlooked or misinterpreted. It relies very much on its readership’s familiarity with what is referred to extratextually, with the complication that it must inform some while keeping others (such as the censors) in the dark. Its references may be lost with time; or new referents, never dreamed of by the author, may emerge long after the text has been written (as happened with Stalin’s fresh interpretation of Zamyatin’s We and, in different countries at different times, with Orwell’s 1984).[4] Artistically, as Loseff is careful to point out, Aesopian language must be judged on its literary merits; but an understanding of its intentionalist if volatile nature immeasurably enriches any reading of works where it is employed, as it frequently lurks at the core of the text in question. And while Loseff concentrates on Russian texts, Aesopian language is by no means confined to Russia, as has already been implied; Čapek is only one of many non-Russian writers to use the mode alongside elements better known in Western literatures.

It is, incidentally, worth pausing to wonder where Kafka, Čapek’s Czech contemporary, stands in relation to all these literary concerns. It is true that he was a Jew who wrote in German, but for most of his life he lived and worked in Prague; and when one reads such stories as ‘The Great Mole’, ‘The Great Wall of China’, or ‘Investigations of a Dog’ (all first published in 1931), there seem to be striking similarities with a number of Čapek’s own themes in War with the Newts: manipulation of words and of people in the first two, the need for cultural identity in the last. (But it is impossible to pin Kafka down; his wit and virtuosity are as baffling as his apparently lucid style. Is he using Aesopian language or not?) It is usual for critics to point to Kafka’s introspection and obsessive preoccupation with Jewish society. But were not the beleaguered advocates of the Czech language and culture somewhat similarly placed? Had not they also suffered a similar identity crisis, been similarly repressed? (Čapek’s literary tourists in the Galapagos suggest as much in their conversation with the Czech-speaking Newt.) Did not they too experience something of a ghetto status in relation to the German culture which threatened to overwhelm them, and a sense of cultural siege when confronted by the Western and Eastern literatures and ideas being published so zealously in their own country? Čapek’s impressive capacity for weaving these different strands together and making them serve his own vision has already been remarked; but might synthesis have been basic to the culture of his time in Prague rather than only personal to him?

One might be forgiven for suspecting that Kafka uses Aesopian language in such works as ‘The Giant Mole’, just as Čapek can surely be suspected of it in his handling of the Newts. He is careful of making these ‘creatures’ as difficult to pin down in their own way as any of Kafka’s non-human characters. At times, Newts evoke colonial exploitation or slave-trading; at others, the manipulation of the lower strata of society. Newts are used as butts by the worst representatives of science, technology, popular entertainment, education, insensitive charity, and so on. They are used as echoes of our past, critiques of our present, and warnings for our future. They are no true denizens of animal fable as such, any more than are Kafka’s non-human creatures in his short stories; they are yardsticks against which we can measure the human race and by which we can recognize caricatures of human foibles and failings.

One might also usefully compare Čapek’s handling of his Newts with Stanislaw Lem’s much more recent handling of his Ocean in Solaris (1961), where humankind’s capacity for arrogant and monomaniacal extrapolation from its own experience and environment is shown up as potentially absurd in, for example, biological and metaphysical analysis. Both Čapek and Lem delight in parodying the so-called masters of fact, the ‘experts’, with regard to their language, ideas, and narcissistic love of their own theories. And (a small but witty and telling example) both Čapek and Lem delight in the teasing implications of the naming of their characters. Čapek’s Newts are branded with the generic name Andrias Scheuchzeri, derived from the false premise of the scientist Scheuchzer, who thought a Newt skeleton was protoman. Thanks to Scheuchzer’s Germanic origin, that fallacious name is enough to initiate the cult of the Nordic Newt as the original master-race (Čapek’s use of Aesopian language could not be more clearly marked than here). Lem’s use of names can be equally mischievous. Solaris lies in the constellation Alpha in Aquarius: ‘Alpha’ can signal the notion of the first and/or best, while Aquarius, the water-carrier (a suitable venue for the ocean-planet Solaris) stands for peace. Meanwhile the woman conjured out of the protagonist’s subconscious is called Harey, a name which is surely an anagram for Rheya, one of the cult-titles for the Greek earth-goddess of fertility (and indeed ‘Rheya’ has been substituted for ‘Harey’ in both the French and English translations of Solaris), eternally youthful, loyal, not entirely human, and ultimately sacrificial. Does she have links with the overwhelmingly fervent cult of the Madonna in Poland, a profound symbol of Polish identity? This is how the possible presence of Aesopian language can tease us.

Lem’s subtleties are in the end of a very different order from Čapek’s, although both writers expose the strengths and vulnerability of Aesopian language since, as I have already pointed out, its use risks a reader’s blindness and/or misinterpretation. Superficially at least, Čapek is more detached, more comic, even if his comedy is often of the black, absurdist variety (‘cathartic comedy’ is one of Loseff’s challenging and helpful categories of Aesopian language). Lem on the other hand frequently mentions the comic in Solaris: his protagonist often speaks of what might be comic, given other circumstances. But then Lem’s protagonist is a first-person narrator who has lost his sense of the comic. The only hint that he himself is basically a creature of comedy is the fact that he is an expert in psychology who gives way to irrational terrors from his first moment on Solaris. There is more than one way of writing Aesopian language.

All the matters which I have so far been discussing only go to prove the enormous problems facing translators of Čapek’s War with the Newts. We now have two English translations. The Northwestern University edition reproduces the original Allen and Unwin version (which Orwell must have known) and adds the introduction by the contemporary Czech writer Ivan Klíma. This is a less accurate and on the whole less felicitous translation than Ewald Osers’ new version; but the re-issue of the older text is beautifully presented and picks up more of the visual games with typeface found in the Czech original. The Unwin text, on the other hand, is deplorably printed; the footnotes in particular are practically microscopic – which is sad as they are extremely witty and Osers has captured that wit. Despite the occasional, distressing inaccuracies and greater clumsiness of the older version, Klíma’s introduction is a valuable addition, since he emphasizes the continuing relevance of Čapek’s work. It is only fair to add that he himself slips up occasionally: for instance, while it is true that Karel and his brother Josef collaborated in the writing of some early works and that Karel illustrated a few of his own texts, Josef illustrated and designed covers for several of his younger brother’s works (and it would have been nice to give Josef the credit he deserves for inventing that famous word ‘robot’). But such small inaccuracies do not significantly detract from what Klíma has to say; and it would be equally unfair to cavil over the problems which both translations inevitably face when they come to transfer into English the cultural signals and Aesopian language of Čapek’s text, for here they must depend to a great extent on the reader’s capacity to pick up and respond to such matters, a skill which few Western readers have acquired. In the end, the two translations supplement each other very usefully.

But the fact that Western readers, as Loseff emphatically asserts, have little skill in recognizing Aesopian language is an important issue. Orwell certainly used the mode in Animal Farm (1945), but was he even aware of the full import of Aesopian language? Was he, for example, led astray when, in 1984, he gave so many pages to Goldstein’s book? Certainly, when set beside Čapek’s central section on the history of the Newts, Orwell’s exposition has lamentably little impact. Is this because he failed to learn the full lesson of Čapek’s Aesopian skills and ‘cathartic comedy’? To take another example, it seems to me that Čapek’s Newts, ultimately condemned to speak Basic English, reflect a problem of inarticulacy facing a larger cross-section of today’s society than do Orwell’s intellectual sufferers from Newspeak, despite the insight the latter language has brought us. These are fascinating matters for debate, since they emphasize the problem as to what is transferrable from cultures well-versed in official and unofficial censorship to readers who are not so highly sensitized. And the problem is all the more striking since Čapek and Orwell were ultimately similar in their motivation. Klíma tells us, for instance, that it was ‘the tragedy of the [1914-18] war and the nation’s restored independence’ which informed all of Čapek’s later work. ‘Just after the publication of War with the Newts’, Klíma notes (p. viii), Čapek wrote: ‘Literature that does not care about reality or about what is really happening to the world, literature that is reluctant to react as strongly as word and thought allow, is not for me.’ This commitment finds its echo in Orwell’s essay ‘Why I Write’, published in 1946: ‘Every line of serious work that I have written since 1936 has been written, directly or indirectly, against totalitarianism and for democratic Socialism, as I understand it. it seems to me nonsense, in a period like our own, to think one can avoid writing of such subjects.’

The fact that War with the Newts was published in 1936 and Orwell’s moment of truth came in the same year is, on the face of it, pure coincidence. Orwell’s epiphany occurred during the Spanish Civil War while Čapek’s enlightenment happened in the First World War; Orwell experienced conversion abroad while Čapek suffered his at home. Yet both were uttering the words quoted above towards the end of lives as writers, lives which they had come to regard as ‘active’ contributions to the societies of their day. And both set high store by their responsibility to language and the artistry through which they conveyed their message.

In the end Loseff is right. We must judge War with the Newts on its literary merits, and I would maintain that it has held up extraordinarily well. Its structure is elegantly conceived; its wit remains witty – if only because the world of today is still paralyzed by the dilemmas facing Čapek’s world. Čapek is adept at exposing those dilemmas, and both translations of his last book have a useful contribution to make. The older version, together with its new Introduction, sets the 1930s against the present; Osers’ version corrects a number of mistranslations and is more sensitive to shifts in style. Both allow us to see, through Čapek’s War with the Newts, that SF can make a vital contribution to 20th-century literature – intellectually, artistically, and as a means of exploring the awesome implications of language used as a weapon.

NOTES

[1] Note by RM: Batavian is not in fact a coinage. Batavia is the old name for Jakarta, used from 1619 to 1949; it comes from the Roman word for the Netherlands. Van Toch himself spent some time in Batavia (WWN, p. 39). For the Batavian language, see here. From my own reading, too, it looks as though van Toch tried to speak to a Newt in Malay, not a human being (WWN, p. 43).

[2] For the reasons given towards the end of this review-article, my quotations from War with the Newts rely on the Osers translation.

[3] The Loseff book I am referring to is called On the Beneficence of Censorship: Aesopian Language in Modern Russian Literature, trans. Jane Bobko (Munich, 1984).

[4] This does not necessarily mean that Čapek, living under a social-democratic regime in pre-World War II Czechoslovakia, was under compulsion (any more than Orwell was) to resort to the Aesopian mode – as Russian writers were under the Czar and under the Soviet Regime. I do mean to say, however, that both Čapek and Orwell were familiar with texts using Aesopian language and were influenced by them.

Jo Heaton, Red Button: A Story for Christmas (c. 1984). Illustrations.

In about 1984, at the age of twenty-one or twenty-two, I had thoughts of trying my luck as an illustrator. Unfortunately I’d concentrated nearly all my efforts up to that point on black-and-white pictures, which meant I wouldn’t be much use for children’s books. This became obvious when my mother suggested I illustrate a book for children by one of her friends, the actor Jo Heaton. The book had a colour in its title, and featured characters who are often designated by their colours: red, blue, grey, brass, pearly-white and so on. All the same, I took on the project with enthusiasm, and worked on it for about a year while living with my brother in a one-bedroom apartment near St Pancras. I liked the story very much and was keen to try my luck on a large-scale project such as this one. In the end I produced thirty-six illustrations, and Jo and I went on to hawk the manuscript with its pictures around various publishing houses.

Needless to say, we were not successful. Apart from the basic absurdity of offering publishers a book about colour with black-and-white illustrations, I believe it was unorthodox to present the text with illustrations already attached, instead of leaving the publishers to select the most appropriate artist. I also think my pictures were a little stiff and stilted; a lighter touch would have improved them. The year after this, in 1985, I was asked to teach university classes on Renaissance and medieval romance, early modern prose and Shakespeare. I left St Pancras for Oxford, and the rest is (personal) history: I went on to become an academic, eventually working for thirty years at the University of Glasgow with little leisure to pursue my interest in drawing.

Jo’s book told the story of a young girl called Judy whose mother buys her a music box full of buttons at a charity shop run by a certain Mr Ball. The buttons, it turns out, have personalities, and the story tells how they get to know a new arrival after their journey to Judy’s house. Each button has an interesting back story, but the new button – who is large and red – prefers to remain mysterious about his origins; all they know is that he fell out of an empty sky onto Mr Ball’s head, and that he seems to have travelled further than anyone possibly could have done and to have been existence for about 2000 years. Of course it turns out that this button belongs to a large and rather care-worn person with a red suit and a large white beard, who has been looking for him from the moment he was missed. Red Button recovers his back story on Christmas Eve, and everything turns out exactly as it should in the end, for the girl, for the shopkeeper Mr Ball, and for all the other buttons we have got to know in the course of the narrative. The tale is full of inventive dialogue, and the various buttons and their adventures gave me the chance to picture a rich range of situations, as many as one might find in a book of short stories.

My pictures drew on the work of some of my favourite illustrators. Most prominent among them was Maurice Sendak, who I met around this time at a book signing and who told me with reference to publishers (after I told him I was trying to make it as an illustrator): ‘don’t forget, they need us more than we need them’. That’s advice with a wide application, and I haven’t forgotten it. Sendak drew wonderful Christmas pictures, especially his haunting designs for the Nutcracker ballet, which were incorporated into a picture book – the very one I asked him to sign. Another huge influence was Pauline Baynes, especially those wonderful pictures in the Narnia books and the Oxford Book of Nursery Rhymes where she weaves together several images into a kind of cartoon strip, surrounded by a border constructed out of appropriate objects – plants, perhaps, or chains, or river currents. Some of the crosshatching techniques recall another of my heroes, Tove Jansson, especially her comics, which my Dad read to us as children, translating from Swedish as he went along. Now I think of it, Jansson too did fascinating things with the frames of her comics, and I may have been more influenced by her than by Baynes in this respect.Other artists I loved included Gerard Hoffnung, especially his illustrations for Colette’s L’Enfant et les Sortilèges (the animated furniture in that book is everywhere in my drawings) and early Disney movies, especially Pinocchio and the musical automata in Geppetto’s workshop. Mimicking these artists was an education in itself for an aspiring book designer.

Jansson plays with frames in her Moomin comics
Hoffnung’s animated furniture

Here, then, as a Christmas offering, are some of the pictures I made for Jo Heaton’s story. I offer them in memory of her, and in want of anything more suitable to put up on this blog for Christmas.

[Nb: click on each picture for a closer view.]

Chapter One, Capital
‘You could walk into Mr Ball’s shop and find him busy with his feather duster’
‘The first thing Mr Ball did […] was take a giant red button out of his coat pocket and stare at it.’
‘There was a musical box displayed in the shop window.’
‘Switch that light off!’
Big Brass
Star and Square
Grey
How Grey got broken
Flower, Burglar, Big Brass and Shoe
‘Pearl looks like the moon reflecting the sun!’
Red’s adventures
Stripey
‘”As a matter of fact,” said Mr Ball, “That’s very suitable as a Christmas present. Let me show you why.”‘
Mr Ball finds Red and Burglar
Burglar
‘”We’ve been s… sold,” said Flower, and burst into tears.’
‘It was a terrible journey for the buttons.’
‘One by one Judy inspected the buttons.’
‘It was then that Grey decided to escape.’
‘The buttons gazed round the large room.’
‘At the very top of the tree Star dangled from the neck of an angel.’
The family choose their buttons
‘Have you ever felt as happy as you do tonight?’
‘”I remember a night long ago when my oyster opened his shell.”‘
‘A large man […] groped his way out of the fireplace.’
‘”Thank goodness I found you, Red!”‘
‘He looked just like a tiny, glittering moon.’
‘Judy peeped round the door.’
‘”Nobody would buy a Christmas card of you looking like that!”‘
‘He went straight to the drinks cabinet and took several gulps straight from the brandy bottle.’
‘Pearl imagined Red speeding away over the rooftops.’
‘They all saw the clothes they were going to be sewn onto dancing in their dreams.’
‘Mr Ball had a Christmas present to give to every homeless person in the town.’

Elizabeth Maslen: ‘Witness Literature’ in the Postwar Novels of Storm Jameson and Doris Lessing

Elizabeth Maslen in Tavistock. Photo by Tom Maslen

[My mother, Elizabeth Maslen, passed away peacefully on the weekend of 27-28 September 2025, a little after her 90th birthday. Here’s a brief biography, supplementing the one you can find on the website of Queen Mary University of London, together with a number of recorded interviews which perfectly capture the passion of her teaching voice as I remember it.

Born in 1935 in Manchester, Elizabeth was educated at Manchester High School and Westfield College, University of London, from which she graduated with a first class Honours degree. She went on to earn a Postgraduate Diploma in Comparative Philology at Somerville College, Oxford, and afterwards became a well-known scholar in a remarkably wide range of areas, moving through every stage of English Literature from Old and Middle English to contemporary fiction and poetry. She was also a poet and translator, who worked on fiction in French, Polish, Czech and Turkish and remained attached throughout her life to colleagues and friends in the Universities of Warsaw and Singapore, at which she worked in the 1960s. She taught at Westfield College for over thirty years and was closely involved in the merger with Queen Mary in 1989.

In the course of her career at Westfield and Queen Mary, Elizabeth wrote many important essays and two books: Doris Lessing (second edition 2014) and Political and Social Issues in British Women’s Fiction 1928-1968 (2001). After her retirement from Queen Mary in 2000 she was appointed Research Fellow at the Institute of English Studies, University of London, where she completed her highly regarded monograph Life in the Writings of Storm Jameson: A Biography (2014).

In 2005 she moved to Tavistock, Devon. Here she took up a new role as counsellor to members of the congregation of Tavistock Parish Church, which involved regular visits and phone calls to distressed, lonely, bereaved and sick people; she only gave up this role six weeks before her death.

That’s the formal part of her biography. In addition to all this, Elizabeth was a mother, grandmother, aunt, cousin and friend, as well as an adviser – both academic and personal – to a vast variety of individuals in many different places. She lived a long and complex life, made up of many stages. Everyone who knew her will have their own particular memories of one or more of those stages. Elizabeth was fascinated by the ways in which memory works, and in her old age she took a lot of trouble considering the relationship between one person’s view of events and people and another’s. Here’s one of the ways she expressed this interest:

Human beings love stories, stories are so much more interesting than facts. The popular papers know this, they give us stories that will catch the eye, satisfy our sense of drama, and they mold the facts to meet our expectations or our needs. And as we all know, unless we choose not to know, we all do this: we weave a story out of what has just happened, and we weave stories out of our past, the past of our families, of our group, our tribe, our nation. Facts become flexible, even a matter of choice – we ease them into the contours of our tale, we erase or set aside what doesn’t fit. We may do this innocently. [But] Sometimes of course our shaping of a tale is not so innocent – especially when we want to present ourselves or some happening in a good light. And sometimes we try to make others admit that their memory is a false one […] So, memories are vulnerable things, open to manipulation, suggestion, correction, even erasure. If you have one memory of an event, and I have another, who is right? Or is there a simple right answer?

If you knew her and are reading this, I’d like to invite you to consider your own particular memories of Elizabeth, and to think about their relationship to her life story as it’s just been told. She’d also have wanted us to think about that life story in relation to the larger story of how the world has changed in her lifetime, how it goes on changing, and how the world itself is part of a larger story, whether you read it in terms of physics or spirituality. Let’s celebrate the rich diversity of our views of Elizabeth, and of each other, and accept them as part of a narrative we’re continuing to live and tell as well and truthfully as we can.

Before her death I asked my mother if she had anything she’d like me to put up on my blog. She sent me the following essay, which she published as a self-contained chapter in The History of British Women’s Writing, 1945-1975, ed. Clare Hanson and Susan Watkins (Palgrave MacMillan, 2017). The essay isn’t directly about fantasy; instead it interrogates the problem of writing realism at a time of radical social, political and technological transformation, a period my mother lived through and thought about in her capacity as an academic, a spiritual person and a citizen of the world. The two writers she chooses to discuss are people she knew intimately, in Storm Jameson’s case through research alone, in Doris Lessing’s through research and friendship. Both writers began their careers by being celebrated for their intensely realist, politically engaged fictions, but also chose to write (extensively, in the case of Lessing) in other modes: fantastic narratives, alternate history, science fiction, magic realism. Elizabeth’s essay charts their movement towards these other modes, and invites us to consider whether ‘realism’ as such is ever entirely possible. It’s therefore directly relevant to the essays on fantasy and the fantastic with which the bulk of this blog is filled.

I’m also glad to include it here because it addresses the experience of women like my mother as they negotiated the troubling strangeness of the twentieth century. Unlike Jameson, my mother went on to negotiate the twenty-first century too, moving into a new kind of life – that of a spiritual counsellor – while retaining close ties to the lives she had lived before the millennium. Like Jameson and Lessing she reinvented herself repeatedly right up to the end, in her final decade learning to readjust her expectations and activities, for instance, in response to her failing sight, to the effects of repeated strokes and to other symptoms of her deteriorating bodily health.

She found solace in reading, and much of what she read was fantasy. Her last weeks were spent rereading Philip Pullman’s two great trilogies, His Dark Materials and The Book of Dust, in preparation for the publication of the final volume in that series, The Rose Field, which is due to come out this Thursday (23 October 2025). She wanted to stay alive to read it, and would have been mildly irritated that she didn’t manage to do so. At the same time she was ready to go, and had been ready, I think, for years.

Her voice remains.]

The two novelists I am exploring are of different generations – Storm Jameson born in 1891, Doris Lessing in 1919 – but both share a commitment, in the aftermath of World War Two, to writing novels that engage with the sense of fragmentation, the tragedies and crises, that afflicted the postwar world in the wake of the traumas of trench warfare in World War One, the rise of totalitarian regimes in the interwar years, the scale of the holocaust, and the bombing of Hiroshima and Nagasaki. Inevitably, all these events encouraged writers like Jameson and Lessing to reassess what Western society was about, both at home and abroad. Jameson grew up in the English provinces, Lessing in Southern Rhodesia, yet they share similar concerns. Both had family members who suffered the traumas of World War One: Jameson lost a brother and many friends, while her second husband was not only gassed but, like so many others, emotionally drained by his experiences in the trenches, while Lessing was brought up by parents who were both irreparably damaged by that war. Jameson was very much involved with refugees from Europe during the 1930s, World War Two and the Cold War; Lessing became increasingly aware of the tyrannies imposed by the white colonial powers on the black African communities. So both writers had direct personal experience of twentieth-century traumatic issues that exposed how Western society had mythologized its human image. As Tony Davies comments: ‘It is almost impossible to think of a crime that has not been committed in the name of humanity’; and he lists, among other splinter groups that have sought to justify their actions as humanist:

[t]he romantic and positivistic Humanisms through which the European bourgeoisie established their hegemonies[…], the revolutionary Humanism that shook the world and the liberal Humanism that sought to tame it, the Humanism of the Nazis and the Humanism of their victims and opponents.[1]

The acknowledgement of this fracturing meant that those, like Jameson and Lessing’s parents, brought up to believe in a supposedly unified humanist tradition, were traumatised by the revelations of its tarnished heritage, and suffered what Robert Jay Lifton calls:

an important break in the lifeline that can leave [a survivor] permanently engaged in either repair or the acquisition of new twine      . And here we come to the survivor’s overall task, that of formulation, evolving new inner forms that include the traumatic event […] Formulation means establishing the lifeline on a new basis.[2]

Lifton rightly reflects that in certain historical periods humankind ‘has special difficulty in finding symbolic forms within which to locate himself.’ One could, he argues, even see this as humankind’s ‘natural’ state. But he also argues that ‘there are surely degrees in our sense that the particular time we live in is discordant and “out of joint”’ (BC 293). Which is why, for both Jameson and Lessing, the severity and range of the traumas which overshadowed their lives meant that both felt impelled to evolve such ‘inner forms’ as would constitute versions of ‘witness’ literature.

Defining what this undertaking means, Michael Levine builds on Shoshana Felman’s assertion that

To testify is […] not merely to narrate but to commit oneself, and to commit the narrative to others: to take responsibility […] for history or for the truth of an occurrence, for something which, by definition, goes beyond the persona, in having general (nonpersonal) validity and consequences.[3]

Inevitably, in accepting this responsibility, Jameson and Lessing confronted creative problems that faced many like-minded writers of that period. As the Jewish theatre director, Abigail Morris says, referring to the problem of articulating the legacy of the Holocaust:

there is a danger that we will imprison ourselves in a relentless, unconstructive pattern of repetition. And if we are not very sensitive to the danger of this treadmill, the images we create may be sentimental and thus actually lessen the importance of the event.[4]

Both Jameson and Lessing show themselves as fully aware of such dangers. The witness each offers in their different ways would be echoed in the revelatory symposium set up by the Swedish Academy in 2002 to celebrate the centenary of the first Nobel Prize.[5] Bringing together writers from many different cultures, the theme of this symposium was ‘Witness Literature’, underlining the global importance of such writing in the rapidly changing world of the twentieth century. Chinese writers, for instance, discuss the problems of writing ‘witness’ literature under a totalitarian regime, reminding readers that the ‘humanisms’ experienced in the West have not necessarily been shared in other places: Li Rui, citing Swedish academicians and Chinese peasants, challenges his audience to consider, ‘whether all mortal beings on this earth really live in the same world’.[6] It is in this context that Nadine Gordimer, drawing on her experience in the South Africa of apartheid, makes an important distinction between the reporter’s job and that of the novelist:

Meaning is what cannot be reached by the immediacy of the image, the description of the sequence of events, the methodologies of expert analysis… Kafka says the writer sees among the ruins ‘different (and more) things than others … it is seeing what is really taking place’.[7]

For her, therefore, the writer has a duty to strive for ‘the transformation of events, motives, emotions, reactions, from the immediacy into the enduring significance that has meaning.’[8] And this is the task both Jameson and Lessing set themselves from the late 1940s. Both would experiment with adaptations of realism, but in the process both would confront the problem facing any postwar writer ‘committed to realism, who must then wrestle with questions that anticipate poststructuralist notions of the interdependence of language, fictional form, mechanisms of power, subjectivity, and social reality.’[9] And so realism, the representation of reality, became for them a mode that must be reshaped from within, even as ‘reality’ was being redefined by the global traumas of their age.

For both Jameson and Lessing, given their experiences since World War One, there was, as for many of their contemporaries worldwide, a sense of ongoing crisis, on both a private and public level; there is a sense, in the novels both write in the aftermath of World War Two, that the twentieth century is deconstructing itself. As the political theorist, Waldemar Gurian, wrote in 1946:

We do not know the significance and the place in history of the second world war which ended with the unconditional surrender of Germany and Japan in 1945. We do not know if this end is a real end or only a pause. We know today that World War I ended only with an extended armistice – and even before the documents of unconditional surrender were signed, the feeling and fear spread everywhere that the series of world wars might be not over yet. All attempts to produce a general confidence in a lasting peace have until now proved vain. [10]

And he goes on to say:

The shooting war is over, but the humanitarian democratic ideology has not obtained a clear-cut triumph. We observe the old power conflicts reappear intensified by ideological and social differences, so that not a brighter world full of optimism, but a world full of conflicts, fears, and insecurity – even panic – is in the making (6).

Gurian was himself a Russian Jewish émigré, viewing the conflict from a European perspective, and so fully aware of the many faces of humanism; recently Furedi, also from an east European perspective, argues that the problem continues:

the failure to construct a positive worldview based on the affirmation of the virtues of liberal democracy [were] exposed in the late 1960s and continue to haunt society to this day (Furedi, 106).

And importantly, Jameson and Lessing are both writers whose experience goes beyond Britain itself: Jameson travelled widely in Europe and was closely involved, through her work for the PEN, with refugees from the Hitler War, Spain, and the Cold War, while Lessing brought her experience of life in Southern Rhodesia (now Zimbabwe) to bear on what she found in Britain and other countries. For them, as for Gurian and other writers, the postwar world reflected Sartre’s description of the existentialist world of the 1930s, where the fabric of society had been torn to shreds, and where each human being was ‘condemned to […] a freedom from all authority, which he may seek to evade, distort, and deny but which he will have to face if he is to become a moral being’.[11] Any sense of shared values and principles was severely shaken, bringing with it a crisis in communication. This crisis is voiced early in Jameson’s The Black Laurel (1947).[12] At a Scottish prisoner-of-war camp, five German prisoners are to be executed for hanging two of their fellow inmates who had betrayed a planned escape. So the reader is faced at the outset of the novel with two opposing ‘just’ codes: prisoners-of-war had a duty to attempt escape, so betrayal amounted to a treasonable offence worthy of execution, while the British authorities invoke the death penalty for what was deemed to be, under their jurisdiction, straightforward murder. The camp commander recognizes the problem and its implications in a world where ‘justice’ may have no shared meaning:

Any bloody thing can be justified, gas chambers, cutting a schoolroomful of Bolshie children’s poor little throats, injecting poison into the veins of old girls of sixty or seventy – anything. Once you decide to call a private murder justice you’re done for – you and your country are going straight to hell (BL, 16).

This loss of a shared moral perspective lies at the core of Jameson’s novel, where at key moments various characters have a private agenda that they see as validating their right to choose a ‘just’ solution to the problem confronting them. And in Lessing’s first novel, The Grass is Singing (1950), we find similar concerns about different agendas.[13] When a recent English arrival in Southern Rhodesia tries to voice his home-grown liberal criticism of the white community’s response to the murder of a farmer’s wife by her black house boy, he is given a sharp lesson about language and how to interpret it if he is to survive in this community:

When old settlers say, ‘One has to understand the country’, what they mean is, ‘You have got to get used to our ideas about the native’. They are saying, in effect, ‘Learn our ideas, or otherwise get out; we don’t want you’ (GS, 18).

The young man has to be groomed to accept what at first his inherent liberalism rebels against; he is under relentless pressure to conform to a different interpretation of what is acceptable.

So both Jameson and Lessing bring to their postwar writings profound concerns about humankind’s potential for violence and cruelty and about the undermining of any faith in shared values. As a result both are intent on bearing witness to a world changed radically by two world wars and the potential for more, and to what this means for the individual. And at the same time both are experimenting with ways to communicate their ideas to their contemporary readership.

***

Jameson had been honing her skills in her novels of the 1930s and 1940s. In a 1938 lecture, ‘The Novel in Contemporary Life’, she had insisted that writers must strive to separate the key issues in their contemporary world from what was ‘dead and done for’;[14] and if they could not encompass the whole in a novel, they must take ‘soundings’ (NCL, 24). She herself had developed this idea throughout the war, mirroring large issues of her time in the relationships and conflicts within small communities, so presenting her readers with situations they could readily comprehend. As the war ended she used this technique in two of her most powerful novels, Before the Crossing and The Black Laurel, where individual characters are both fully realized individuals and representatives of aspects of the society evolving around and through them.[15] Before the Crossing is set in the summer of 1939, just before war was declared; Jameson looks back from the far side of World War Two and its cruelties, taking characters she had already developed in her 1930s trilogy, ‘The Mirror in Darkness’, and showing how all too many of those who, before World War One, had been idealists, are now simply acting for themselves and their own private set of values.[16] But these are not simply acts devoid of context: Jameson shows the power of the Zeitgeist, something that Lessing also acknowledges through the experiences of her protagonist, Martha Quest, in the ‘Children of Violence’ series. In Jameson’s novel we are shown, for instance, a moment of partial insight given, ironically, to her ‘villain’, Hunt, as he contemplates his young victim, Marie: ‘He thought confusedly of life fitting its hand in [the girl] as if she were a glove, making its signs with her… And with me?’ (BC, 177). This image of both villain and victim as glove puppets, tools of the Zeitgeist, is of course both insightful and a way for Hunt to deny personal responsibility. But Jameson also shows how easily the passion for justice that drives Renn, her protagonist, as he pursues Hunt, the killer of his friend, can turn to ruthlessness, mirroring the fascism that he set out to oppose. In this he is not unlike Lessing’s young Englishman in The Grass is Singing, whose inherited liberal views have no chance against the racism and misogyny that surrounds and swamps him in the Southern Rhodesia of that time.

Jameson’s Renn is shocked when suddenly confronted with what he has become, and his long quest for personal redemption continues into Jameson’s next novel, The Black Laurel, where compassion above and beyond the self is constantly shown under siege. This novel takes Renn and other characters from Before the Crossing into a postwar Europe not yet at peace, where they meet up with a range of new representative ‘soundings’ of communities shattered and corrupted by the war: British, German and Jewish. In the ruins of Berlin little Kalb, a Jew returning to his former home, will become the victim sacrificed to the schemes of a group of British and German entrepreneurs: materialism as an ideology assumes the mantle of fascism in the postwar chaos. The novel as a whole embodies the dangers facing a Europe where war has left a legacy of self-interest and corruption, and where casual cruelties have become all too normal. It is worth noting that Jameson was writing this powerful novel even as Orwell was writing Nineteen Eighty-Four, a work that contemporary critics from a range of cultures would insist was a realist work about their present, not a futurist fable.[17]  It would be comfortable to see Orwell’s and Jameson’s novels as exaggerations, yet both writers were observing a world where abstract concepts like ‘justice’ and ‘mercy’ had lost a meaning that once at least seemed to be shared. Jameson would recall some years later a conversation in 1945 with the Polish poet Czeslaw Milosz, in which he mocked the idea of abstract justice:

You have just been trying four of my fellow-countrymen; they have been slave-workers in Germany for more than five years, and they robbed and killed a German family. Terrible. They have become beasts. And now, after six years of this life that changed them from human beings into wild animals, you are going to execute them – because they have killed one or two German civilians. I don’t understand your people. You have hearts, yes, but do you think with them?[18]

Jameson’s two novels were written after visits in 1945 to Poland and Czechoslovakia, where she experienced both the physical devastation and the psychological damage that war inflicts on both society and the individuals who survive it.

Lessing too, in the ‘Children of Violence’ novels, shows how private and public worlds are interlinked as Martha seeks ‘self-definition’ in the context of her changing contemporary world. For example, in the second novel of the sequence, A Proper Marriage (1954), set in the Southern Rhodesian capital, Martha continues to fight, not only against the conservative pressure of her elders, but against the pressure on her to conform to the image that her generation – and especially the men – impose on her; throughout this novel, the image of a wheel keeps intruding, mirroring the mindless cycles of her society.[19] Yet in this novel, World War Two looms in the background, and the arrival of RAF personnel brings ideas that preoccupy war-ravaged Europe, chiming in with Martha’s growing sense of social injustice in her own country. As a result, in the third novel of the sequence, A Ripple from the Storm (1958), Martha tears herself away from her conventional marriage, seeing for a time her vision of a just society embodied in the Communist group she joins.[20]

The novels of ‘Children of Violence’ written in the 1950s have within them all the issues that will feed into The Golden Notebook, the work that Lessing now wrote, breaking off from the sequence. Here is the gap between what Martha dreams of and the pressures she finds it so hard to resist. Here we have her incoherent life, her need to rebel against family, the men she meets, even as she feels trapped, caged, like the Mary of The Grass is Singing. To contain Lessing’s sense of a fragmenting world, culturally, politically, and in the home, The Golden Notebook, written at the end of the 1950s, moves away from the conventional realism of the three earlier works to experiment with structure. It is still, like the Martha Quest books, set in historical context: this is the postwar world coming to terms with the Holocaust, atom bombs, and the depth of brutality inflicted on civilian populations. But The Golden Notebook is also a book written by a woman who, like Jameson, insists that we cannot separate the personal from what is going on in the world. It addresses the problem Jameson faced in 1938: for Lessing’s protagonist, Anna, is overwhelmed by the sheer scale of crises in the postwar world, and is finding her own way of taking ‘soundings’. The notebooks Anna keeps try, as Lessing herself says, ‘to separate things off from each other, out of fear of chaos, of formlessness – of breakdown’ (GN, 7). Like Jameson, Lessing shows her acute awareness of the critical dilemma facing the novelist who is trying to create fiction in a chaotic world of newsprint and ‘facts’, as well as of conventional relationships under pressure; she shows the hypocrisies and self-deceptions that exist within them. Importantly, her protagonist Anna asserts that:

the function of the novel seems to be changing; it has become an outpost of journalism […] I find that I read with the same kind of curiosity most novels, and a book of reportage. Most novels, if they are successful at all, are original in the sense that they report the existence of an area of society, a type of person, not yet admitted to the general literate consciousness […] Human beings are so divided, are becoming more and more divided, and more subdivided in themselves, reflecting the world, that they reach out desperately, not knowing they do it, for information about other groups in other countries. It is a blind grasping out for their own wholeness… (GN 75).

What is key here is that she envisages the novel as ‘an outpost of journalism’, not journalism per se; Lessing, in The Golden Notebook, demonstrates Kafka’s perception, quoted above, that the writer sees ‘different (and more) things than others … it is seeing what is really taking place.’[21] Like Jameson before her, Lessing strives for what Gordimer calls ‘the transformation of events, motives, emotions, reactions, from the immediacy into the enduring significance that has meaning.’[22] Lessing gives us an Anna struggling with the ways in which language can betray us; reading a political paper, she finds she can interpret it as:

parody, irony, or seriously. It seems to me this fact is another expression of the fragmentation of everything, the painful disintegration of something that is linked with what I feel to be true about language, the thinning of language against the density of our experience (GN, 273).

Strikingly, despite the range of issues addressed in The Golden Notebook, it became a flagship for the reawakening women’s movement of the late 1960s, and it has continued to be claimed as a classic feminist text. However, Lessing’s concerns, while certainly embracing women’s concerns, are never solely feminist, any more than Jameson’s are. Both are primarily concerned with social justice, with the social constraints on both men and women – and with the responsibility, the inevitable involvement, of the individual with decisions and actions undertaken by their society. And they also show that old ideas of ‘progress’, even ‘meaning’ are very much up for grabs.

Jameson, in The Green Man (1952), for instance, has as her leitmotif characters haunted by the problem of justifying war to ensure a ‘just’ peace; for World War Two has done nothing to resolve the dilemma that troubled Adam Smith and David Hume in the eighteenth century, as they pondered what the attitude of civilized society to war should be. In Jameson’s novel we hear, for instance, an old intellectual debating with himself responsibility for the atom bomb. First he blames the scientists, but then:

his passionate belief in human freedom answered him that, since we are free, each of us is always responsible for his intentions: the intentions of the brilliant minds who planned a new form of death – I mean, of dying – are all theirs: but not only theirs: men created the instrument of a fiendish cruelty, men gave the order to use it, and used it. Therefore all men are responsible […]. All of us lie under the judgement reserved for hubris. (GM, 675).

This bleak awareness of a responsibility which is too often abused lies at the heart of many novels of the period dealing not only with world war, but with those violated by their families or by their own community; and it is also a major theme in Lessing’s work. In The Four-Gated City (1969), for example, Mark, the writer of a novel about his vision of a utopian city, covers his walls, like Anna Wulf in The Golden Notebook, with factual articles from newspapers and journals about happenings in the world outside, trying to make sense of, and to assume responsibility for, the ‘truth’ of what has happened and finding only divergent opinions. Then there is Jimmy, Mark’s scientific colleague, who has written two very successful works of science fiction about ‘people who had more senses than are considered normal’; Martha is intrigued by the potential for progress that this idea suggests, but ‘then [he] went on to describe a new machine which he was working on that could stimulate or destroy areas of the brain (FGC, 392). Jimmy, terrifyingly, has insight but no sense of moral responsibility. Mark uses his writerly skills to attempt to propose a positive human future: Jimmy’s failure of responsibility is set against Mark’s moral integrity. But Mark’s mission is not given ascendancy; like Jameson, Lessing shows her protagonists confronting the postmodern dilemma of soluble meanings.

The postwar period was a time when identity, who we are when set against a constantly shifting context of events and ideas, was a key issue for writers of ‘witness literature’. In A Ulysses Too Many (1958), for instance, Jameson explores the complex world of exiles with different experiences and expectations of their homeland, Poland: some have sought exile long before World War Two, some have escaped communist domination more recently, and Jameson shows how their different paths have shaped them as individuals and have coloured their perceptions of others of their countrymen.[23] The novel was of course based on Jameson’s long associations with refugees from Nazi persecutions, but it also owes a great deal to her close links with Czeslaw Milosz, the eminent Polish poet who defected after the Communist takeover of Poland. In 1951 she had comforted him over abuse he was suffering in Paris from fellow Poles whose allegiance was to various versions of a past Poland that had vanished for ever and which they accused him of betraying:

They have set up an imaginary Milosz, several imaginary Miloszes (since each of them has a different reason for abusing you), and by drinking his blood they come to life. But you are not any of their imaginary Miloszes (SJ to CM, 7.26.51).

This insight is at the core of A Ulysses Too Many. The novel is set in Nice, where Jameson and her husband had met a group of Poles. In the novel, a number of Polish and Russian exiles from before World War Two form a community in Nice; but gradually, as postwar exiles join them, their different experiences divide rather than unite them. It is the return of the writer Nadzin that stirs them up, each character eventually interpreting Nadzin’s life, work and therefore his allegiance differently, just as Polish emigrants had each constructed their own Milosz in 1951. Each needs the security of believing in his or her own version of the country they have left behind, and Nadzin’s capacity to perceive and comprehend the changes that have occurred throughout the interwar years, World War Two, and the Cold War threaten the mythologised country each holds dear. This is a deeply insightful work about exile from the past as well as from place. As Jameson, drawing on conversations with refugees, assured her literary agent, A.D.Peters, it was all too true that Nadzin was suspected by his fellow Poles: “I have been told such stories by sane people as I could never make feasible in writing” (SJ to ADP, 8.8.57).

Lessing meanwhile, in In Pursuit of the English (1960), presents a humorous but equally insightful work that explores, from an outsider’s perspective, the ways the English perceived themselves when she first came from Africa to England. This book deconstructs any idea of a shared ‘English way of life’ – that shared life that was such a comfortable propaganda tool in World War Two – very much as the Angry Young Men were doing in the 50s but in a lighter vein. Lessing brings a fresh perspective to the idea by showing how Englishness was viewed in the Colonies and Dominions of the time; if the term ‘English’ is tricky in England, she asserts, ‘it is nothing to the variety of meanings it might bear in a Colony’ (PE 9). The behaviour of the English whom ‘Doris’ meets is defamiliarized, since it is seen through the eyes of this outsider; she either misinterprets or interprets in ways not accepted by the particular person or persons she is with. When she takes up Rose’s introduction to Flo’s family and their house, we see the people and their behaviour through the narrator’s eyes, but also through Rose’s: so Flo, according to Rose, is not really English because she had an Italian grandmother, Dan is not really English because he comes from Newcastle, while Rose is a Londoner rather than English. This is no portrait of Englishness across the classes, but the complexities within one boarding house and its group of workers wittily show the impossibility of any satisfactory definition.

In many works of the postwar period, there are those for whom the postwar world is an alienating experience, where identity is permanently under threat. For instance, in Veronica Hull’s novel The Monkey Puzzle (1958), the protagonist, Catherine, has much in common with Lessing’s young Martha, since ‘to her, her existence was so tenuous that it needed the thoughts of others to confirm it’.[24] Both Jameson and Lessing explore some of the ways in which characters withdraw from a rapidly changing world that evades definition and challenges old ideas of progress. In Jameson’s The White Crow (1968), the grotesque figures largely, in both tragic and comic guise: [25] in the protagonist’s misshapen body, his view of the actual world, and his retreat into the medieval monastery of his inner imaginings. This is a work that responds to Angela Carter’s magic realism, and anticipates William Golding’s Darkness Visible.[26] In the late nineteenth century, a traveler takes on an orphaned baby with ‘two long puckers of skin stretching from the shoulder-blade so far as the third rib’ (WC, 9 -10), a sort of deformed angel. Gradually the novel develops this excursion into the grotesque, suggesting that the true grotesque lies at the core of society, for all are judged by how they respond to the appearance of this child. As he matures, Antigua (the nickname, significantly colonial, that the child is given) sees the changing Europe on the brink of World War One, but his observations are increasingly out of tune with “realist” interpretations of that world and culture, and his mind creates a medieval monastery where he can take refuge, evading the unanswerable questions his experience poses. This gripping work shows Jameson at home with preoccupations that absorbed younger writers: what exactly constitutes, for instance, madness and sanity, something Lessing was exploring in The Four-Gated City and Briefing for a Descent into Hell.[27] Aesthetically, too, Jameson was showing the grotesque as a way of presenting a Europe capable of Holocaust.

Lessing for her part explores the inner spaces of the mind as the place where humanity might break free from the crises affecting contemporary society. Jameson’s Antigua delved into inner space to find solace for the contemporary problems he could not hope to solve; for him, this was a retreat rather that an attempt to find a way forward. Lessing however, in the two final works of the ‘Children of Violence’ sequence, Landlocked and The Four-Gated City, explores the resources of the mind on a different, delicate trajectory between breakdown and breakthrough.[28] Inner space cannot be divorced from the outside world; Martha, for instance, sees a paradox in herself: ‘Martha did not believe in violence’, yet she ‘was the essence of violence, she had been conceived, bred, fed and reared on violence’ by her parents, both, ‘casualties’ of war (LL 22). Then The Four-Gated City, set in a realistic postwar Britain, pits the fragile potential of the human mind against the continuing crises framed in the languages of politics, science, psychology, and literary criticism. The final pages of the novel dare to envisage a post-apocalyptic future, where developments in the mind have ensured humanity’s survival. Yet this novel and those Lessing writes over the next decades show how easily idealism can be suffocated by regimentation and rules, how easily society can trap people into conforming, how easily they can be manipulated through shared prejudices and aspirations, so that they fail to develop insightful minds. These are the issues that preoccupied Jameson as well. Both she and Lessing, while engaging with their contemporary world and continually experimenting with ways to present their themes, bear witness to cultural, political and personal dilemmas that have a timeless appeal.  What makes them stand out is their skill in creating variations on what Auerbach called ‘tragic realism’, a province that John Orr has claimed for many postcolonial writers; but, as I have argued elsewhere, what he claims is as applicable for Jameson as for Lessing, and indeed is another way of describing ‘witness’ literature:

The disclosures of tragic realism are both contemporary and prophetic, examinations of past and present […]. We are thus speaking of worlds where fiction gets there first, where it uncovers a world buried or repressed, but where it also imagines events and gives them fictive meanings before they are nailed to the mast-head of fact […] a close reading of tragic realism over the space of the last century offers little scope for liberal complacency. It reveals racism and fascism as the monsters of liberal civilization, just as it reveals Stalinism as the monster of a derailed revolution.[29]

And indeed the problems Jameson and Lessing confronted continue to haunt us today.[30]

Elizabeth Maslen at the Doris Lessing conference in Plymouth, September 2014. Photo by Tom Sperlinger

NOTES

[1] Davies, Tony, Humanism (London: Routledge, 1997), 141.

[2] Lifton, Robert Jay, The Broken Connection: On Death and the Continuity of Life (New York: Simon and Schuster. 1979), 176-7. Lifton is chiefly known for his studies on the psychological causes and effects of war and subsequent traumas.

[3] Quoted in Levine, Michael G., The Belated Witness: Literature, Testimony, and the Question of Holocaust Survival (Stanford: Stanford University Press, 2006), 7.

[4] Morris, Abigail, ‘Beware the Treadmill’, Jewish Quarterly (Winter 1994/5), 5. And see Lassner, Phyllis, ed., Anglo-Jewish Women Writing the Holocasut: Displaced Witnesses (London: Palgrave Macmillan, 2008).

[5] Engdahl, Horace, ed., Witness Literature: Proceedings of the Nobel Centennial Symposium (Singapore: World Scientific, 2002).

[6] Li Rui, ‘Cloned Eyes’, Witness Literature, 77-83, 78. See also Herta Müller, ‘When We Don’t Speak, We Become Unbearable, and When We Do, We Make Fools of Ourselves. Can Literature Bear Witness?’ Witness Literature, 15-32.

[7] Gordimer, Nadine, ‘Witness: The Inward Testimony’, Witness Literature, 85-98, 87. See also, for the subject of ‘witness’, Rawlinson, Mark, British Writing of the Second World War (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 2000), 11.

[8] Gordimer, 87.

[9] Schneider, Karen, Loving Arms: British Women Writing the Second World War (Lexington: University of Kentucky Press, 1997), 154.

[10] Waldemar Gurian (1946), Russian émigré political theorist at Notre Dame University (‘After World War II’, The Review of Politics. Vol.8, no I, pp. 3-11, 3, 6.  See also Furedi, Frank, First World War: Still No End in Sight (London: Bloomsbury, 2014). See, for a recent perspective, Rau, Petra, Our Nazis: Representations of Fascism in Contemporary Literature and Film (Edinburgh: Edinburgh University press, 2013).

[11] “Jean-Paul Sartre:Biography” nobelprize org.23jul2012. http//www.nobelprizeorg/nobel_prizes/literature/lureates/1964/Sartre-bio.html

[12] Jameson, The Black Laurel (London: Macmillan, 1947).

[13] Lessing, The Grass is Singing [1950] (London: Flamingo (HarperCollins), 1994; New York: HarperPerennial (HarperCollins), 1999).

[14] Jameson, The Novel in Contemporary Life (Boston, Mas: The Writer Inc, 1938), rpt with some additions in Civil Journey (London: Cassell, 1939), 277-309; see also “Documents,” in Fact, no.4, 7.15.37, pp.9-18.

[15] Jameson, Before the Crossing (London: Macmillan, 1947).

[16] Jameson, The Mirror in Darkness (I. Company Parade (London: Cassell, 1934); II Love in Winter (London: Cassell, 1935); None Turn Back (London: Cassell, 1936).

[17]  Orwell, George, Nineteen Eighty-Four (London: Martin Secker and Warburg Ltd, 1949). See Maslen, Elizabeth, “One Man’s Tomorrow is Another’s Today: The Reader’s World and its Impact on Nineteen Eighty=Four,” George E Slusser, Colin Greenland, Eric S. Rabkin, eds, Storm Warnings: Science Fiction Confronts the Future (Carbondale and Edwardsville: Southern Illinois University Press, 1987), 146-158.

[18] Jameson, Journey from the North, vol., II, (London: Virago, 1984), 161.

[19] Lessing, A Proper Marriage [1954] (London: Harper Collins, 1993)

[20] Lessing, A Ripple from the Storm [1958]  (London: Flamingo, 1993).

[21] Gordimer, 87.

[22] Gordimer, 87.

[23] SJ, A Ulysses Too Many (London: Macmillan, 1958).

[24] Veronica Hull, The Monkey Puzzle, 11..

[25] Jameson, The White Crow (London: Macmillan, 1968).

[26] Golding, William, Darkness Visible (London: Faber & Faber, 1979).

[27] Lessing, The Four-Gated City (Children of Violence, volume 5) [1969] (London: HarperCollins, 1969); Briefing for a Descent into Hell [1971] (London: Flamingo, 1995).

[28] Lessing, Landlocked [1965] (London: HarperCollins, 1993); The Four-Gated City [1969] (London: HarperCollins, 1993).

[29] Orr, John, Tragic Realism and Modern Society: The Passionate Political in the Modern Novel [1979] (London: Macmillan, 1989), 8-9.

[30] For fuller discussions of Jameson and Lessing, see Maslen, Elizabeth, Life in the Writings of Storm Jameson (Evanston, Northwestern University Press, 2014), and Watkins, Susan, Doris Lessing (Manchester: Manchester University Press, 2010). See also Birkett, Jennifer and Briganti, Chiara, eds, Margaret Storm Jameson: Writing in Dialogue (Newcastle: Cambridge Scholars Publishing, 2007); Mackay, Marina and Stonebridge, Lyndsey, eds, British Fiction after Modernism: The Novel at Mid-Century (Basingstoke: Macmillan Palgrave, 2007); Dowson, Jane, Women’s Writing, 1945-1960; After the Deluge (Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan, 2003); Piette, Adam, The Literary Cold War, 1945 to Vietnam (Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press, 2009); and Yuknavitch, Lidia, Allegories of Violence: Tracing the Writing of War in Late Twentieth-century Fiction, Literary Criticism and Cultural Theory: Outstanding Dissertations series, ed., William E. Cain, (New York: Routledge, 2001).

Amal El-Mohtar, The River Has Roots (2025)

[Warning: this post contains spoilers, and is best read after you’ve read the book!]

Amal El-Mohtar’s first solo novella is a work of fantasy, a fairy tale with supernatural beings and magic in it. But it’s also set in a world that overlaps with our own, where English is spoken, old ballads are sung, and geographical references are made to places that really exist: London, Exeter, Wales, the West Country, the Levant. Impossible metamorphoses take place, but there are also strict rules governing certain aspects of life, such as the formal grammar taught in schools or the number of pennies and shillings that make up a pound. The book is full of beauty and pleasure, from the playful wooing of lovers to the melodies and harmonies of sweet music and fine prose, but it also features a random act of violence which replicates other acts of violence past and present, from the killing of women as witches to the persecution of queer desire. Most strikingly of all, this fantasy ends with a political afterword that draws attention to El-Mohtar’s Lebanese-Canadian heritage, and to the horrors of the war that is devastating Lebanon and slaughtering people in Gaza as she writes. The book, then, is constructed from binaries, opposites and paradoxes, and this dualistic structural principle has crucial things to tell us about the processes of reading and writing fantasy in the troubled twenty-first century.

Every aspect of El-Mohtar’s story looks two ways. Two sisters grow up in a family that faces in two directions; I’ll call them east and west, for reasons that will emerge later, though this orientation is not made explicit in the story. Eastwards they face towards the town of Thistleford, a place of ‘wholesome, settled tameness’ (p. 16), and beyond Thistleford towards the merchants, scholars and monarch who live in and around the metropolis, where regulations govern everything from speech to conditions of trade.[1] Westwards they face towards Faerie, a place so shifty and ambiguous that it has many names (‘Arcadia, the Beautiful Country, the Land Beyond, Antiquity’, p. 5), where people may be lost or ‘marred’ – that is, subjected to unwelcome processes of magical transformation (p. 7). The Hawthorn sisters live in the space between these compass bearings, cleaving to their immemorial duty of tending two ancient willows known as the Professors, which grow on either bank of the magical river Liss. The willows supply their family with materials for trade, ‘the leaves for tea, the bark for medicines and baskets and cordage, the wood for furniture and instruments’ (p. 6), all of which are as much in demand in the east as in the west. The trees are linked to Faerie, both in the magic they filter from the river – which infuses their wood, bark and leaves – and in the many narratives they have engendered. But the Professors also have mortal origins, having once been human lovers who openly ‘professed’ their love, transformed into trees under circumstances that differ depending on who tells the story. Upstream from these ancient willows lie the ever-shifting borderlands of Faerie, the enchanted country where the river has its source. Downstream things become increasingly controlled, so that even the younger willows that line its banks are carefully coppiced to improve their commercial yield. The two sisters who tend the Professors share their tendency to look both ways; the younger, Ysabel Hawthorn, directs her thoughts towards the commonplace east, while the older, Esther, is haunted by dreams of the exotic west; but their love for one another, expressed through song, ensures that their different preferences exist in a state of perfect balance.

Inevitably, however, imbalance threatens their closeness. Esther is courted by two suitors, one of whom hails from the conventional lands downstream of the willows, the other from the mysterious world of Faerie. The man from the east is a prosperous neighbour who wants to marry her for financial reasons – joining her family’s land to his will enhance his commercial prospects – while the suitor from the west is a nonbinary musician who loves Esther for herself and for her art, the art of singing with which she nurtures the ancient trees. Ysabel has some sympathy for the man from the east, whose name is Pollard – a confirmation of his tendency to cut things for his own advantage; in Ysabel’s eyes he deserves some credit for writing Esther some (very bad) poems, giving her unsolicited gifts, and observing at all times the rules of gentlemanly good manners. Esther is disgusted by Pollard (he is a ‘crumb’), and gives her heart instead to the suitor from Faerie, whose name is Rin. Rin operates according to Faerie conventions, not human ones, which means they do not always show up when their lover asks them to, and resist meeting Esther’s family until some unspecified point in the courtship ritual has been passed. Rin, then, could be accused of rudeness by those who do not understand those conventions, Ysabel included. Esther and Ysabel’s different perceptions of the two suitors threatens for a while to open a gulf between them, but the threat is never a serious one. Far more drastic is Samuel Pollard’s reaction to Esther’s rejection of him, which severs the girls from one another through a sudden act of misogynistic aggression.

Photo by Amal El-Mohtar

Pollard murders Esther in a fit of cold rage on the day she betroths herself to Rin, using his gloved hands to drown the young woman in the enchanted waters of the river Liss. The murder splits El-Mohtar’s narrative into two halves, before and after Esther’s death. Before the murder there are many possibilities for the way the narrative might unfold; afterwards there would seem to be markedly fewer. But this is only if you’re not familiar with ballad lore, which very frequently treats murder as merely the midpoint of a life story rather than its termination. As a ruthless pragmatist Pollard is of course ignorant of ballad lore; Ysabel and Esther, on the other hand, know it well, and are thoroughly versed in the ways a ballad can reverse the flow of a narrative with the lightest of touches. (Please pardon the puns in this essay so far – tend/tendency, versed/reverse – since puns and other double meanings are some of the many techniques by which a ballad can accomplish this reversal.) In an imagined world where ghosts are legion, and where a daytrip in one country can take a hundred years in the time zone of another, the past always has the potential to invade the here-and-now, and the dead to gain strange new life.

Which brings us to the binary that lies at the core of El-Mohtar’s novella: the binary of past and future, which are held in constant balance by the fulcrum of the present. In El-Mohtar’s world, magic is a matter of grammar, a word that shares its roots with gramarye, a Middle English term for the theory and practice of enchantment in all its forms (p. 10). The roots of that word live on in its modern form, El-Mohtar suggests – an idea Rebecca Kuang also draws on in her novel Babel (2022) – and can be exploited by academic grammarians based in universities, who have strict ideas of how the magic of grammar should be properly used and studied, or by rogue grammarians such as witches or faeries, who resist institutional attempts to restrict the possibilities of magic and meaning. So the past and the present can affect the future thanks to the individual words we use in everyday speech, which are loaded with etymology: that is, the evidence of changes past, which confirms that words are involved in continuing processes of transformation. Another of these processes is the conjugation of tenses: ‘What is magic but a change in the world?’, El-Mohtar asks, and ‘What is conjugation but a transformation, one thing into another? She runs; she ran; she will run again’ (p. 1). The grammatical transformation of verbs through tenses embodies the possibility of transcending certain rules – such as the rule that when we die our life story comes to an end. In the first half of the novella Esther runs, delighting in the land and loves she is blessed with. At the point of her death she’s consigned to the past: she ran, because she runs no more. For Rin and Esther, though, grammar promises a future for her: she will run again. El-Mohtar’s story fulfils that promise, drawing on stories past to construct a new story that offers a semblance of hope to its readers, albeit a hope that seems to transgress the laws of physics or history.[2]

The two halves of the novella can be seen as analogous to the grammatical process of conjugation. The first half centres on the present, proceeding for the most part in chronological order; the second half jumps around in time, beginning with a flashback to the time when the sisters strayed into Arcadia as small children and ending with a promise for the sisters’ future happiness. The sisters’ lovers, too, could be seen as aligning themselves with certain tenses. Rin is aligned with the past, since they come from Arcadia, which is also known as Antiquity, while Samuel Pollard is aligned with the future, since he is interested only in the profits that will follow if he joins his lands, through marriage, with those of the Hawthorns. The sisters, meanwhile, embrace both past and future. As lovers of old ballads they embrace the past, while as lovers of riddles, murder stories and promises they embrace the future, since the pleasure of these three forms lies in the expectation of a resolution not yet reached: the solution to the riddle, the revelation of the murderer’s identity, the keeping (or breaking) of a binding oath. The key problem faced by the sisters is how to reconcile the binaries they embrace: a delight in the past and the future, an attraction to our world and to Arcadia, Esther’s competing love for Ysabel and Rin, Ysabel’s love for Esther and her desire that Esther should make herself happy by marrying Rin. Arcadia turns out to be the place where such reconciliations can happen, and where binaries can be dispensed with, as the nonbinary being Rin would seem to confirm.

Image by Kathleen Neely, one of her beautiful full-page illustrations for The River Has Roots.

Let’s go back to grammar, though, for a while. The ancient willows tended by the sisters are associated with grammar-as-magic, in that they filter it out of the river with their roots, ensuring that magic suffuses their being from stem to crown. They are also associated with grammar-as-narrative through the stories that are told about them, composed of grammatical sentences but varying widely from teller to teller, each variation being infused with different meanings and implications. These stories arise from the sense the Professors exude of possibilities past, present and to come, as El-Mohtar tells us near the beginning:

If you were to stand and behold those […] two trees – if you were a stranger to the land, unaccustomed to the sight – you might hear a kind of hum in the air, or feel it as a thickness in your chest. You might think that something about the shape of those trunks, the sweep of their twisted crowns, reminds you of something, or someone, you’ve lost – something, or someone, you would break the world to have again. Something, you might think, happened here, long, long ago; something, you might think, is on the cusp of happening again. (p. 3)

The language of these trees, their grammar and magic, is an international matter, transcending spatial and cultural borders; a ‘stranger to the land’ can read it, though the long-lost thing or person it invokes will differ, depending on who does the reading. The Professors’ embodied language transcends time, too, in that it speaks of the past and promises that what happened once will happen again. In this it resembles the stretch of the river Luss that runs from the gates of Faerie to the roots of the ancient pair of willows, through the so-called ‘Modal Lands’. The vegetation that grows along that stretch of river transcends time by violating the rules that govern the seasons, so that ‘spring bluebells mix with autumn asters, and towering cattails [i.e. bulrushes] scatter frosted seeds over beds of blooming marigolds’ (p. 2). By dedicating their lives to the service of the Professors, the two sisters commit themselves to the trees’ capacity to overthrow the rules of space, time and the natural order, as fairy tales, fantasies and ballads do whenever the mood takes them.

Murder, you might think, is not like this. It can only be read in one way, since it’s a savage and irreversible fact, whose brutality consists not just in the violence by which it is perpetrated but in the absolute nature of its consequences: murder once committed can never be undone. That, at least, is Samuel Pollard’s understanding. But the Professors deny this absolutism, in that they memorialise in their shapes the place where loss occurred, keeping its memory alive in those who can read them, native or strangers. They also deny this absolutism if you believe the story that they were once lovers who were murdered: somehow the lovers remain stubbornly present in the form of trees. They deny this absolutism in a third way, too: murders may be terminal, but they can occur again and again through generations. Violence against women, young people and queer lovers has taken place again and again in the course of history. At the same time, that violence has never succeeded in ending what it seeks to end. The Professors are still there, bearing silent witness, like words inscribed on the bark of a living tree.

So too is love, in all its manifestations. In their childhood the sisters, Esther and Ysabel, seem inseparable, like the willows; they love each other more passionately than anyone or anything else. They are, however, separated by time. Not only are they of different ages, with Esther the elder by two years, but as time goes by their tastes incline in different directions: ‘Ysabel loved pickles where Esther couldn’t abide the smell of vinegar; Esther took to foraging while Ysabel preferred gardening; Ysabel was fascinated by boys and their company while Esther found them tedious and enjoyed being alone’ (p. 10). Both sisters love ballads, such as Tam Lin or Childe Owlet, but Ysabel prefers murder ballads – accounts of shocking acts of violence committed in the past – while Esther likes ballads with riddles in them, which challenge their listeners to solve the verbal puzzles they contain in the here and now, as the ballad is sung. These preferences are not so very different, of course: murder ballads may include riddles inviting their hearers to decipher the killer’s identity (a well-known example is the ballad of John Barleycorn, which seems to describe the murder of a human being but also describes the everyday process of brewing beer; Esther sings this ballad at one point to express her negative feelings about Samuel Pollard). The sisters, then, remain compatible, despite their differences. But Esther’s delight in riddles confirms her greater attraction to grammar as practised by ‘wild’ grammarians – witches and other practitioners who repudiate the rigid rules favoured by institutions – an attraction that manifests itself in her love for the nonbinary faerie, Rin; while Ysabel’s delight in murder ballads means that she finds herself drawn instead to Esther’s murderer (though at this point she has no idea that a murder has been committed), seeking comfort from Samuel Pollard after her sister’s disappearance and getting engaged to him in a bid to fill the void it left in her life. Fortunately, the day of Ysabel’s betrothal is also the day when Esther returns from the dead, against all odds, to denounce her killer; and she does so through a riddle-ballad and a murder-ballad, the first being a secret song composed by the sisters to bring them together whenever they are separated, the second being a versified account of her own murder. At this crucial point in the narrative, then, the sisters’ different tastes converge to expose Pollard, as riddle ballads and murder ballads combine to frustrate his attempt to leave Esther behind him for ever. By mysterious means love overcomes divergent tastes, just as it overcomes the divergent cultures of Esther and Rin.

Image by Kathleen Neeley

When Esther composes riddle ballads of her own, they sometimes depend on time; that is, on the fact that past, present and future may radically alter the nature of a person or a thing. She explains this principle to Rin on the day of their betrothal, as she parses a riddle she sang on the way to their meeting-place. The riddle begins ‘I gave my love a cherry that has no stone / I gave my love a chicken that has no bone’ (p. 44); and as Esther points out,

There are two ways to answer these riddles […] With the past, or with the future. We think of the cherry or the chicken as unchangeable things, and the song pokes at those assumptions. How is a cherry not a cherry? Well, when it’s a flower. How is a chicken not a chicken? Well, when it’s an egg. The song says, this thing you are used to, it has a past, and that past is part of it; what the cherry was before the cherry is part of the cherry. […] But there’s another version of the song, with different answers – the answers to the question, what is the cherry after the cherry? […] The cherry that’s baked in a pie, for instance, has no stone. The chicken that’s stewed in a pot, it has no bone. The song says, this thing you are used to, it has a future, and the future is part of it, too. (pp. 46-7)

The gift Esther gives her love – the gift of herself – is therefore a changeable object; she was once a baby, and will one day be a cadaver. Rin, too, is changeable: they first manifest themself to Esther as a storm, then as an owl, and only on the third occasion as a being in human form, though even in that form their appearance can vary greatly. Love, then, may endure, but its endurance is premised on change, and this pair of lovers, like the sisters, are separated by time; Esther is mortal, while Rin is not; Esther’s life will come to an end, while Rin’s will run on indefinitely. Esther can also sing, while Rin, like all the inhabitants of Faerie, has no singing voice – whence their attraction to Esther’s singing. At the same time, Rin’s musicianship means they can complement Esther’s songs by playing the harp; and the constant movement of music through time provides El-Mohtar’s story with the perfect analogy for the constant movement of love between two people. Esther and Ysabel sing together even as they grow older and change their tastes, and their differences prove complementary, as the chords of Rin’s harp prove complementary to Esther’s voice. Without constant change there would be no music, and no story either, whether that story is told in verse (like a ballad) or in prose (like a novella).

A musical performance and the performance of a story are also determined by time in the sense that no two performances are identical; El-Mohtar reminds us of this as the sisters play variations on the songs they sing to the willows.[3] Pollard, by contrast, thinks the magic of the ancient willows can be reproduced – that is, copied exactly, without variation. After Esther’s murder he turns his romantic attentions to Ysabel as if she were Esther’s double, and in courting her he seeks to persuade both Ysabel and her father that the magical pair of willows on the Hawthorn lands are no different from commonplace willows of the kind that grow on his property – that they are effectively doubles of each other, indistinguishable even by the most discerning of tastes. He illustrates his point by presenting Ysabel with one of his many unsolicited gifts, ‘a beautiful lap desk […] enchanted in Exeter just for her’ (p. 88); and he proceeds to use two seemingly identical willow wands to animate a feather quill, which writes at the desk without the aid of human hands in response to the wands and a spell he speaks in Latin. One wand is made of wood from a tree near London, the other of wood from the Professors. The first produces a piece of doggerel verse full of horrible clichés, addressing Ysabel as ‘My little love, my willow’, while the second pens an urgent message to her: ‘Demand better’ (p. 89).[4] The poem penned by the wand from a commonplace tree is crudely reductive, metaphorically reducing Ysabel to a voiceless plant suitable for commercial exploitation, while the message penned by the Professors’ wand has a riddling double meaning: demand better verbal art, it implies, but also, ask better questions, or demand a morally better man, one not tainted with your sister’s blood. The timing of the message, however, is off. Ysabel responds to Pollard’s performance by running to the ancient willows and singing the secret song she composed with Esther – the song intended to reunite the sisters whenever they are separated; but nothing happens, and afterwards in disappointment she accepts Pollard’s gifts and marriage proposal numbly, demanding from him ‘nothing at all’ (p. 89). The rhythms of a well-told narrative can’t be rushed, any more than a well-sung melody can be hastened to its resolution. It is not yet time for the truth about Pollard to emerge, and time tries truth, as the old proverb tells us.

The timing of El-Mohtar’s narrative deserves attention too, for the manner in which it swerves back and forth through the history of the Hawthorn sisters, as if mimicking a river’s winding course through hilly country. The story of Esther and Ysabel is not told in chronological order, even in the first half of the novella. On p. 10, for instance, we learn that only one grammarian/magician has ever passed through Thistleford on the way to Arcadia, and that this one ‘never came out again’; it is not until the second half of the narrative that we learn more about this person. On p. 17, we’re told that ‘People sometimes fell into or out of Arcadia by accident’ and that ‘Esther and Ysabel had as children’, but again we don’t learn more until the second half of the narrative. The parts of the story told out of time, so to speak, always relate to Arcadia; for instance, we first hear about Esther’s Arcadian lover Rin on p. 11, but only hear about their first meeting ten pages later; and we only get the full details about Esther and Ysabel ‘falling into […] Arcadia […] as children’ – and meeting there the grammarian who travelled through Thistleford to Faerie – after Esther’s murder, on p. 59. Everything about Pollard, by contrast, is told in strictly chronological order, as if in conformity with his narrowly pragmatic outlook.

Image by Kathleen Neeley

The Arcadian rejection of rigid chronologies is confirmed for us at the beginning of the section in which Esther gets engaged to Rin; and it quickly emerges from this passage that we humans are already familiar with the phenomenon of temporal relativity, even before beginning to consider the customs of Faerie. ‘There are lands that are near to us geographically,’ El-Mohtar points out in the second paragraph of this section,

but far from us temporally: London is not Londinium, though it’s built from its bones. There are lands that are near to us temporally but far from us geographically: we can be certain that at this moment, in Italy, someone is sitting down to breakfast with a newspaper dated roughly the same as ours, though we cannot expect to reach them in time to join them for the meal. (p. 43)

Arcadia combines both these properties, being ‘always both at a remove and always immediate; always near to hand and very far away’ (pp. 44-5). Its inhabitants are ‘a people to whom time [is] a kind of instrument, distance a kind of music’ (p. 45), and El-Mohtar explains how this works by giving us Esther’s time-dependent riddles about the cherry and the chicken, in which the cherry is always also the blossom which gave birth to it and the pie in which it will be baked, the chicken always also the past egg from which it hatched and the future stew or broth in which it will be cooked. Relative time in Arcadia is demonstrated elsewhere by a real live chicken – the hen which the Hawthorn children accidentally chase into Arcadia, and which goes on to live a preternaturally extended life in that country, either because time works differently there or because the chicken is simply happy.[5] In the story of Esther and Ysabel’s childhood visit we learn that time works differently for children and adults: children are not encumbered by strict schedules, which means they ‘can trip in and out of all manner of places whether you’re careful or carefree’ (p. 64), so that there is little difference, for them, between the time that passes in our world and the time that passes in Arcadia. Human adults, on the other hand, are ‘differently burdened’ (p. 64), with appointments to keep and responsibilities to uphold, which means that for them a short interval spent in the place without schedules – Arcadia/Faerie – can take up much more time in their native country, where an Arcadian day may last a century or more. Once again, however, this variation in time is familiar to the reader. Everyone remembers how differently time seems to pass in childhood than in maturity. El-Mohtar, in other words, is keen to point up the differences between our familiar everyday world and the world of Faerie, but also the many ways in which both places overlap. Both children and Arcadians, for instance, find it hard to read a person’s age (p. 62), and this affinity between mortals and immortals helps to ensure that Arcadia is never othered in the novella; it is merely rendered strange, as things in our world can be rendered strange by a trick of the light or the operation of the changing seasons.

It’s to this end, I think, that El-Mohtar shows us Arcadia from the perspective of the human grammarian who settles there, a woman called Agnes, rather than from the perspective of a native Arcadian. Agnes is the person who meets the young sisters when they ‘fall into’ Arcadia, and who helps them get home safely. She is also the person who finds Esther after her murder, again in Arcadia, and shows her how to return to her family a second time. Agnes travels to Arcadia by invitation, not as a colonial explorer or would-be tradeswoman; she first set out on her journey to that country, she tells the children, at the behest of an old Arcadian mill on the Liss, which she heard in a dream ‘call[ing] out in a sorrowful voice for someone to bring work again to its empty body, to fill its hollow silences with the sound of water and wheels’ (p. 63) (the mill ran, it no longer runs, but it hopes to run again). The mill embodies the magical changes or ‘complex translations’ that take place in our world, as in Faerie (p. 69): the changes that turn wheat into bread or barley into beer.[6] It also embodies a certain economic outlook. It seeks ‘work’, as an artist or craftsperson might, to satisfy the needs of its ‘body’, and we later learn that while something must always be exchanged for the products of its labour, an empty sign like a coin will not suffice. Instead, Arcadian economics demands that one thing be exchanged for another of equal value; or to be precise, by another thing which is deemed to be of equal value at the time the exchange is made. Such exchanges take place quite frequently between our world and Arcadia, El-Mohtar suggests. For example, the children stray into Arcadia while chasing one of the Hawthorn family’s hens, and Agnes takes in the hen by its own request (‘I think she might like to keep me company a while’, p. 65) and as partial recompense for her action in showing the children how to get home. Later, Agnes sends three dozen eggs to the Hawthorn family by way of Rin, as part of the ongoing system of exchanges between the two families which her rescue of the children set in motion. A hen in exchange for the lives of two little girls is not much to ask for; so Agnes has the right to go on sending eggs to the family from the hen, and also to make requests of her own, such as that the sisters sing a new song to the ancient willows in support of what she calls her ‘research’. Exchange is as important as change in Arcadian culture, and the objects of exchange are always changing, as music changes when played at different times on different instruments or in different arrangements.

The importance of exchange in the novella is as an alternative to the power-games encouraged by capitalistic commerce. Capitalism considers everything to have a value in coin, which means that those who possess a great deal of coin have power over those who do not. The gift exchange system considers instead that everyone has the wherewithal to offer something in exchange for something given, so that even the penniless child who is lost in a foreign country has something to offer in exchange for much-needed assistance. Pollard’s commitment to capitalism is demonstrated by his plying of Esther with expensive unwanted gifts and refusing to accept anything in exchange except her hand in marriage. Each gift he presses on her brings with it an obligation to recompense the giver in the kind of coin he will accept, and it’s implied that no amount of negotiation can alter the nature of that coinage; gold is always more valuable than silver, and a compliant woman more valuable than a defiant one. In addition, the gifts of capital must always be paid for in material objects – even when these take the form of a woman, who implicitly becomes an object when dispensed like a gold or silver piece. The gift exchanges of Faerie, by contrast, are a matter of constant negotiation and renegotiation. Rin deems Esther’s songs, when they first hear them, to be a gift, which means that Rin feels obliged to Esther until such time as both can agree what Rin might offer her in exchange. The first two gifts Rin offers to Esther are unacceptable to the mortal woman, since Esther has not yet spoken to Rin and does not yet know the terms under which they are offered; but the third gift – a series of lessons in playing the harp (Rin is an accomplished harpist and Esther wants to learn) – ensures that the meetings between the two will continue for a while, by mutual consent, and so too will the artistic, emotional, and erotic exchanges between them. When the lessons come to an end, something new must be found to keep up the trade of love between them. The Arcadian gift exchange economy, then, is predicated on the ever-shifting nature of relationships and people, and assumes those people to be equal, despite all their differences – or because of them. The gifts of capitalism, on the other hand, are predicated on monetary value alone, and give an unequal share of power to those who have amassed large quantities of capital, narrowly defined. The effects of this presumption of inequality between people can be murderous.

Image by Kathleen Neeley

Pollard’s murder of Esther confirms the violence that sustains the capitalist economy. It takes place after Rin and Esther have exchanged rings in token of their love – the final stage in their series of mutual Arcadian exchanges, which culminates in an exchange of their selves, whereby Rin agrees to become part of Esther’s world by joining her family, and Esther promises to sing to them for the rest of her mortal existence (Rin, after all, is immortal, so that the time they spend with Esther will pass in the blink of an eye).[7] The exchange having been confirmed, Rin returns to Arcadia to put their affairs in order; after which Pollard emerges from the shadows, compliments Esther on her new ring, and points out that it belongs to a value system he does not acknowledge: ‘I’d have given you gold’, he tells her (p. 50). Esther rejects him one last time: ‘I don’t want you, I never wanted you, I could never want you’; the phrase conjugates her present, past and future, expunging Pollard from all three (p. 51). In exchange, Pollard proceeds to drown her in the river Liss. He does so both to banish her from his own future and because he believes she can be readily exchanged for her sister: ‘you’re not the only Hawthorn girl,’ he sneers (p. 51). For Pollard, murdering Esther is a simple solution to the economic problem he has set himself: how to join his lands with the more valuable lands of his neighbours. But for Esther, lover of riddles, a murder can never be simple. It’s a riddle (‘When is a woman not a woman? When she’s dead’, p. 78), and the best riddles have more than one answer.

The best riddles also encompass more than one problem. Esther’s courtship of Rin, and Rin’s of Esther (it’s always a two-way process driven by mutual desire) is complicated by Esther’s equal love for her sister; Esther cannot agree to live with Rin in Arcadia because that would involve the betrayal of a promise she made to Ysabel when they were children, that she would never leave her (p. 67). Rin, on the other hand, cannot easily consent to live in our world because it is too full of grief (as Yeats pointed out in his poem ‘The Stolen Child’) and of rules Rin does not understand (p. 48).[8] The negotiations about their love need to take account of both of their wishes, but also of the wishes of Esther and Ysabel. Ysabel’s grief when Esther vanishes arises from the mistaken belief that Esther has made a hard-and-fast choice to live with Rin at the expense of the promise she made to Ysabel. Such a choice is the kind Pollard might be expected to make, one-sided and non-negotiable. Hence Ysabel’s eventual resignation to the idea of marrying Pollard; she believes Esther has wholly committed herself to Arcadia, so she wholly commits herself to the culture and economics of the mortal world. But Esther’s commitment to the riddling Arcadian economics of desire and consent means she would never settle for such a singular solution to her emotional dilemma. And ironically, Pollard’s attempt to impose the capitalist solution on Esther by killing her – a solution achieved against one party’s consent, and to the profit of the other – generates a new set of problems yet more complex than the ones Esther faced before her death. Esther’s competing loves for her faerie lover and her mortal sister, reconciled by the terms of her engagement to Rin (which allowed both Esther and Rin to remain with Ysabel at Hawthorn House), are set at odds once again, and compounded by the competing rules that govern death in our world – where it is terminal – and in Arcadia – where it is not. The riddle set for Esther has been rendered more elaborate, and nothing delights Esther, even when dead, than an elaborate riddle.

The biggest riddle of all, of course, is how desire can overcome the challenge posed by violent death in the mortal world. The scholar Rosemary Jackson famously described fantasy itself as a kind of engine driven by desire, which aims to compensate for deep dissatisfaction with the world we live in by inventing impossible alternatives to it – alternatives which often involve expressing certain hidden desires, in the sense of articulating them, and also expressing those desires, in the sense of getting rid of them, pushing them away.[9] Esther’s murder, if it had come at the end of El-Mohtar’s novella, would have made it a tragedy, an expression of desire which pushes it away by erasing it. Coming in the middle as it does allows the narrative to stress the impossible desires that are triggered by a sudden, fatal act of violence, since the narrative continues after these desires have been set in motion. The first such desire is that the person who dies might continue to have desires, as those who survive her do; imagining those desires, like imagining the moment of death, is common practice among people who have lost loved ones under such circumstances, a fact that motivates many ghost stories. The second desire is that the violent act had never been committed – that the act itself should have been impossible. The third desire is to reverse the act. All these desires will seem absurd, especially to someone who does not believe in life after death, yet even non-believers may cleave to them at times of grief, if only in their dreams. In El-Mohtar’s novella, however, all three desires can be fulfilled by an artist with a way with words. And each of us can be such an artist if we are willing to adopt the riddling perspective on the world which words make available.

Image by Kathleen Neeley

As soon as Esther drowns, El-Mohtar reminds us of this riddling perspective and how it works. The section of the book immediately after the murder opens with the riddling sentence, ‘The River Liss is always changing’ (p. 55), and immediately draws attention to its doubleness; grammatically speaking, the sentence can mean either that the river is always changing itself or that it is always changing the things and people that come in contact with it. The sentence also marks a change in the narrative, in two senses: first, that the narrative itself changes form, and secondly, that a change occurs in the narrative. After Esther’s drowning, we’re told, the river changes direction, taking her body back to Arcadia, whereas Arcadia was previously the place from which it flowed. It also changes Esther, taking advantage of the fact that Rin gave her a signet ring to mark their betrothal to transform her into a cygnet – a young swan (the pun makes that form available, we’re told, p. 72). The swan, one imagines, is a mute swan, the most common kind in England, whose name implies (quite wrongly) that it is voiceless. One legend about the mute swan tells us that it can only sing when dying, and the legend, if we remember it, might give us hope that Esther will somehow retain a voice in spite of death – and perhaps be able to sing again, despite the fact that she is going to Arcadia, where all singing is eventually silenced. The river’s two changes – its change of direction and its transformation of Esther – give additional hope of these further changes to the rules that have governed the narrative so far. Its new course, along which the protagonist is carried, takes the narrative for the first time into Arcadia itself, a place that has so far been only a promise, a game, a mystery, a dream; so the narrative changes direction as the river does. As a result, the riddling rules that govern Arcadia get foregrounded, where in the first half of the novella the rules of the mortal world were foremost. In Arcadia the impossible becomes possible, lost desire can be recovered thanks to the strength of a person’s yearning, and the magic implicit in grammar – which enables a single sentence or verse to mean many things – becomes a practical proposition, a guiding principle of life and death. This is not to say that the magic of grammar is absent from the mortal world – El-Mohtar has already told us that there are grammarians in her version of that world, mostly based in schools, who use that magic in strictly regulated ways. Rather, magic is the everyday stuff of Arcadia, not limited by the rules set by academic professors but professed instead by all and sundry, even birds and mills and trees. It is woven into the fabric of that country, as it is into the fabric of the Professors, and this remakes the narrative into something more fantastic than it was before.

This change is expressed in another sentence from the section immediately after the murder: ‘The River Liss swallowed Esther like a cherry pit or a chicken bone, and poured her down its throat towards Arcadia’ (p. 55). The riddle Esther sang to Rin asked when a cherry is not a cherry, when a chicken is not a chicken, and answered by telling us that both cherry and chicken can trace their being to a time before they were either, and to a time after their cherry and chicken identity has mutated into something else: a cherry pie, a stew. Pies and stews are useful in the mortal world: they sustain its human inhabitants. Cherry pits and chicken bones are not (though one can make a healthy broth out of the bones before discarding them). So El-Mohtar’s sentence both extends Esther’s riddle, developing it in a new direction, and suggests that Arcadia is a place where things that have been ejected by the mortal world may find a home, given new life by being digested and absorbed by a healthy body – that is, by Arcadia itself. Digestion, of course, can mean understanding something and in that way making it one’s own. The second half of El-Mohtar’s narrative, then, involves a process of mentally and emotionally digesting something: that violent death can be defied, but only if one adheres to a set of rules every bit as challenging as the rule that says death puts an end to a person’s life.

In Arcadia, riddles have an urgency they do not possess in the mortal world, because inventing them can save lives and working them out can work a person out of a bind. Between them, the grammarian and naturalised Arcadian, Agnes, the native Arcadian, Rin, and the newly dead mortal, Esther – restored to her original form by Rin under Agnes’s guidance – invent a series of riddles that will enable Esther to inform her sister of her fate. The riddles will also expose Pollard as a murderer, and reunite Esther, Ysabel and Rin at the end of the second half – impossibly, wonderfully. For the series of riddles to accomplish this impossibility, Ysabel must learn to read them, and to take the actions they encourage her to take by denouncing Pollard, punishing him, and making her way into Arcadia, which is now the only place where her sister can live on in human form. I don’t want to go into detail here about how this impossibility is accomplished; what matters here is that El-Mohtar’s Arcadia makes it possible. The old adage says that death can be found in Arcadia, too (et in Arcadia ego), but El-Mohtar insists that death there can be made into life, and that the way to accomplish this is to understand or digest the infinite possibilities made available by language or grammar – to understand them and to act on them. And this brings us to perhaps the strangest moment in the novella: the Acknowledgments which serve as its epilogue.

Image by Kathleen Neeley

Everything else in El-Mohtar’s novella can be described as in some way familiar, despite its strangeness (and ‘familiar’ holds connotations of ‘family’, which makes this familiarity appropriate in a book devoted to the love between sisters). The novella plays variations on multitudes of pre-existing narratives, just as a piece of music must necessarily play both deliberate and accidental variations on pre-existing pieces of music, making something new and beautiful out of them. El-Mohtar mentions one of these narratives in her Acknowledgements: Hope Mirrlees’s funny, haunting, melancholic fairy novel Lud-in-the-Mist (1926), in which a river has its source in Fairyland and carries the influence of the fairies into the world of mortals, spawning an ungovernable outbreak of art, music and dancing among its staidest inhabitants. Lud-in-the-Mist is partly inspired by Christina Rossetti’s great ballad Goblin Market (1862), in which one sister rescues another from the titular goblins by finding a way to circumvent the rules that govern trade between humans and fairies; the same could be said of The River Has Roots, whose plot revolves around the love between sisters. The Border ballad Tam Lin is another influence on the novella; in order to restore Esther to human form, Rin is forced to cling to her as she changes shape, just as Janet in the ballad must cling to her lover Tam Lin as he undergoes many terrifying transformations before she can rescue him from the clutches of the fairies. Another Border ballad, Childe Owlet, is both referenced in the text (p. 22) and invoked by Pollard’s murder of Esther when she rejects him (Childe Owlet is similarly murdered by the woman he spurns). A third ballad, The Bonny Swans by the Canadian singer-songwriter Loreena McKennitt, has been acknowledged by El-Mohtar as a major source, although it tells of an elder sister who murders her younger sibling out of jealousy; El-Mohtar has changed the narrative to reflect her own love for her younger sister. There are echoes in the novella, too, of Lord Dunsany’s foundational fantasy The King of Elfland’s Daughter (1924), both in the fact that the borders of El-Mohtar’s Faerie are always changing – as they do in Dunsany’s novel – and in the phrase ‘the lands we know’ (p. 43), which recalls the famous phrase ‘beyond the fields we know’ that appears more than a hundred times in that narrative. Elsewhere, El-Mohtar modifies the phrase; near the beginning of the novella she refers instead to ‘the lands we think we know’ (p. 1, my emphasis), suffusing the everyday with the epistemological uncertainty which is the stuff of Faerie. One last literary reference is made with appropriate lightness by El-Mohtar’s Faerie character, Rin. When Rin tells their lover Esther ‘I’ve travelled light, I’ve travelled dark, and I’m still on my way’ (p. 34), they invoke Naomi Mitchison’s great fairy tale Travel Light (1952), about which El-Mohtar has composed an influential online essay.[10] Mitchison’s book is written from an international perspective with a powerful female enchanter as its protagonist, and in her essay El-Mohtar wonders what would have happened if she had encountered such a book at the age of seven, instead of another book that shaped her love of literature, Tolkien’s The Hobbit (1937). With the exception of McKennitt’s ballad, all the literary allusions listed here come from the Western Archipelago made up of England, Wales, Scotland and Ireland, and El-Mohtar’s three English degrees, her delight in Mitchison and her abiding love of The Hobbit establish her as thoroughly rooted in the traditions of reimagining or re-enchanting the archipelagic landscape within which she sets her own novella.[11]

But El-Mohtar is Lebanese-Canadian, and her essay on Travel Light begins by invoking her first reading of The Hobbit at the age of seven ‘in a flat overlooking Hamra street in Ras Beirut’. The River Has Roots is set in an alternative England, but it is everywhere haunted by El-Mohtar’s Lebanese heritage, which peeps out of the text at unexpected moments, some of which can be recognised by the reader, others of which are autobiographical and must therefore be glossed by El-Mohtar herself. One such autobiographical detail is the chicken chased by Esther and Ysabel as children into Arcadia. As the Acknowledgements explain:

When I was seven and my sister was five, we were living in Lebanon, and our mother took us to visit friends in a village called Kfarmishki. We chased a chicken past the boundaries of our friends’ neighbours’ yard, and soon found ourselves lost; a village is a small place, but we were smaller, and we’d never been there before. All of a sudden nothing looked familiar, and we had no idea how to get back to the lands and people we knew. (p. 132)

This reminiscence, which briefly aligns Esther and Ysabel with Amal and her younger sister Dounya (who shares the book’s dedication), suddenly launches the writer into thoughts of Lebanon and ‘the children there now; the children murdered, displaced, orphaned, trapped’ (p. 132). Those children might have been El-Mohtar herself, or her parents, or her grandparents, she tells us, since ‘every generation of my family has been shaped or defined by imperial war’ (p. 133). In Lebanon, time can repeat itself on a loop as suffering inflicts itself on successive generations, with few hints of resolution; time, then, works differently there, as it does in Faerie. It has also been claimed in ‘Right-wing talk’ that Lebanon isn’t a country at all, just as ‘there is no such thing as a Palestinian’, so that the millions of people in the region who have been slaughtered and displaced do not really exist – much like the fairies. Further parallels emerge on a rereading of the novella. Arcadia is at one point compared to the Levant, the area in which Lebanon and Palestine are located, as being a place to which one can travel, though not ‘regularly, reliably or particularly safely’ (p. 44). Immediately afterwards comes the paragraph in which El-Mohtar reminds us that some countries seem to be for ever distant from others, either because of the passage of time (which separates London from Londinium) or because of geography (which separates England from Italy). The Levant might be one of these, since it’s a term that predates the countries of which it is now composed (indeed, it’s identified as ‘archaic’ in certain dictionaries, just as Faerie is sometimes known as ‘Antiquity’, p. 5), and many of those who talk about it have never set foot inside its boundaries. Palestine might be another, since a land called Palestine once existed, may exist in the future, but does not exist in the present (Arcadia too is ‘always in the past, or always in the future’, p. 47). Boundaries themselves are problematic in the Levant; the border between Lebanon and Israel, for instance, has long been contested, while Palestine, in the minds of many, doesn’t have borders at all. Faerie shares, then, its fluctuating borders with Lebanon and Palestine, though Faerie’s borders seem to change of their own volition, in response to the land’s changing moods or climate, while Lebanon’s and Palestine’s have been a source of constant strife with neighbouring countries and populations.

Another reference to El-Mohtar’s Lebanese identity peeps out in the song sung by the sisters to the Professors at the change of every season. The lyrics of the ‘Professors’ Hymn’ are in a language the sisters do not speak: ‘they could not say what language it was, only that the shape of the words fit so differently into their mouths that they felt their voices shift in deference to it’ (p. 9). But a visiting woodworker from the Levant tells their mother that it sounds like Arabic, though ‘a dialect she’d never heard’, and goes on to explain its meaning: ‘it was […] a song about the North Wind opening doors and carrying messages to and from a beloved in exile’. The lyrics, then, invoke the problem of sustaining love in the face of separation and distance, the problem Esther must address when she is violently separated from her sister and robbed of a voice capable of denouncing her murderer. Art, it seems, finds a way to speak across time and space, conveying the deepest of emotions to those who need to hear them articulated, and Esther owes her awareness of this fact to the only song she knows in the Arabic language.

In fact, the Professor’s Hymn and its Arabic origins are woven into El-Mohtar’s narrative throughout its length. At a promotional event in Glasgow, El-Mohtar explained that the ‘nonsense la words’ in the long refrain of the Professors’ Hymn invoke a kind of song – the mlolah – that used to be sung by women during the British Mandate in Palestine, as a means  of conveying subversive messages in code to relations or lovers involved in the resistance movement.[12] On the audiobook of The River Has Roots, El-Mohtar and her sister sing a mlolah called Tarweedeh Shmaali – the Lovers’ Hymn – as a stand-in for the Professors’ Hymn, thereby rooting the Hawthorn family’s musical tradition in the turbulent history of El-Mohtar’s own family (the music has Levantine roots, in other words, as well as the river). In the novella, Ysabel and Esther compose a similarly coded song in the form of a riddle ballad as a means of communicating with one another in time of need. On returning from the dead in the shape of a magic singing harp – the only shape in which she can communicate with mortal listeners – Esther uses this riddle ballad to identify that harp as Ysabel’s sister, thereby giving credence to its earlier account of her murder, which it sang as a murder ballad. The riddle ballad, then, serves as a kind of signature validating the murder ballad; and in confirming Esther’s identity it succeeds in overthrowing Pollard’s assertion, as a wealthy and respected male member of the local community, that the account of the murder was a lie put about by the nefarious foreigner, Rin. In response, the assembled listeners assent to Pollard’s punishment as proposed by Ysabel: to be transformed through the grammar of the Liss into a willow tree, whose branches bleed whenever they’re cut. By this means, the Professors whose love was honoured by the sisters in song are joined on the banks of the Liss by a murderer whose crime was exposed by those same sisters in song. There could hardly be a more convincing affirmation that one willow is not the same as another, or a more satisfying reversal of the usual process whereby women are silenced and spoken for by powerful, articulate men.

This is, of course, wishful thinking, that is, a fairy tale or fantasy – terms that have often been used with a sneer. So too is the link between Palestine or Lebanon, as countries that have been said not to exist, and Faerie or Arcadia, imagined places that lead a charmed existence blissfully untroubled by the sorts of politics that deny a country’s existence. This is not quite true, of course – the pastoral has been used as a vehicle for political satire by writers from Virgil to Sir Philip Sidney, and the politics and economics of fairyland have been carefully detailed in old folklore, as Mirrlees reminds us in Lud-in-the-Mist. But the fact remains that both genres are often deemed to be the lightest of light reading, and that the genre in which El-Mohtar is writing – fantasy fiction – is frequently dismissed as childish fare, like The Hobbit or Travel Light. Texts of this kind are invisible to professedly ‘serious’ readers, just as the fairies are invisible to ordinary mortals except on the rare occasions when they choose to show themselves.

Invisibility itself is, of course, political. In Ibtisam Azem’s 2014 novel The Book of Disappearance, translated into English by Sinan Atoon in 2019, all the Palestinian Arabs in Israel spontaneously vanish, without warning and without explanation.[13] The episode seems to wipe out at one blow all the problems associated with Palestine, from the question of the two-state solution to the necessity of justifying the occupation of Palestinian land by Israeli settlers. But Palestinian voices continue to haunt the world after the disappearance, whispering from the corners of rooms, the shadows in the streets and the pages of books about the Palestinian past and the possibility of a Palestinian future, should the Palestinians reappear as suddenly as they vanished. Palestine, the novel suggests, does not exist in the present, but only in the past and perhaps the future; yet this means it exists in the present, too, since memory and hope are finally ineradicable. As I mentioned earlier, El-Mohtar’s Arcadia is said to exist only in the past and in the future, never in the present, like ‘a country in surrender’ whose inhabitants dream of self-determination (p. 47). These dreams preserve their country from obliteration, as Rin points out to Esther; ‘that is how it defends itself’, they gently suggest. Time treated lightly, as Arcadia treats it – not as a set of rules but as endlessly malleable raw material, like the tune of a traditional song – resists the tyranny of changeless, monotonous repetition. Travelling lightly, remembering the past but unencumbered by it, is itself a form of self-determination, whether or not one finds a permanent fixed location to end one’s travels in.

El-Mohtar’s novella does enter Arcadia, but only after Esther’s violent death, and then only briefly. Once there, we see only one location: Agnes’s mill, where she lives with her daughter Rowan and a long-lived hen. It’s at the mill that the narrative ends, with Esther and Rin preparing to share a meal with Agnes and Rowan, only to be interrupted by the sudden, triumphant arrival of Ysabel, carrying a child on her shoulders. Ysabel has found her way to Esther – just as Esther found her way to Ysabel – in fulfilment of a promise: at the beginning of the novella, when Esther swore she would never leave her sister, Ysabel swore in her turn that if Esther ever migrated to Arcadia she would come and visit her every two weeks to remind her of the words to the ballad Tam Lin. In El-Mohtar’s world a promise is binding, and these promises fulfil themselves in a place where women, children and nonbinary lovers can live in peace, untroubled by politics, economics, or violence, though by no means ignorant of them.

It’s a fairy tale ending, of course – an impossible dream; but it pays homage, I think, to the Arcadias found by exiles in unexpected places. At the Glasgow event, El-Mohtar suggested that the town of Thistleford in The River Has Roots was partly modelled on Chagford in Devon. Chagford is an English village where an artistic community has long established itself, a community dedicated to multiple arts (music, painting, performance, crafts, and literature), like El-Mohtar’s novella, and to the study of folklore in the context of radical politics. For those who live outside Chagford it exists in the mind as a kind of Arcadia, a haven, a dreamland; but it does exist, and creative people have gathered there to work, discuss, and sustain each other, El-Mohtar sometimes among them. It’s with Chagford in mind that I suggested that the orientation of the novel lies on the East-West axis, with Arcadia coming and going on nearby Dartmoor, whose ‘granite outcroppings’ litter the Modal Lands between the gates of Faerie and the entrance to mortal lands marked by the Professors (p. 21). Chagford and Dartmoor lie in the West Country of England, about as far from West Asia as Londinium is from London; but both can prove welcoming to strangers, like the ancient willows whose shape can be read by any traveller with seeing eyes. One such stranger is the American writer-artist Terri Windling, who lives and works in Chagford. Another is the American writer-performer Ellen Kushner, a frequent visitor to Terri’s house, whose novel Thomas the Rhymer (1990) represents Faerie as a land full of riddles and besotted with music, especially ballads. Kushner’s Faerie has in it a seeming bird which is in fact a murdered lover, who must find a way to communicate the manner of his death to his living sweetheart; he does so through a murder ballad, just as Esther does. Kushner’s bird is male, while El-Mohtar’s metamorphosed swan is female; as with all the stories she invokes, El-Mohtar subjects Kushner’s fairy tale to a transformation; but the roots of her novella can be traced to their sources by those who know them, just as the landscape of her alternative England can be traced to that of Devon.

El-Mohtar’s Arcadia is coded as English or Celtic, with its lichen-draped Tolkienian woods and its water mill, which recalls the mill in McKennitt’s ballad The Bonny Swans. The mill would seem to be the polar opposite of ruined Gaza at the time of writing. In it, women and nonbinary people can safely gather whenever they please, to talk about whatever they like. They have plenty of food to eat, and find themselves in a workplace dedicated to labour which is pleasant as well as necessary, labour of the mind as well as the body (Agnes is a researcher as well as a miller, a grammarian as well as a tradeswoman). They can make music there; with Ysabel’s help, they can remember how to sing. Young people such as Agnes’ daughter Rowan and Ysabel’s unnamed child have a future in which they can play and grow in peace, far from the threat of violence. Is it frivolous to bring such a utopian dream-setting into dialogue with the real-life setting of atrocities too frightful to imagine, many of them perpetrated against children? Is it irresponsible to conjure up a story that combines elements of archipelagic culture with a culture that has suffered so much at the hands of British and other imperialisms?

In the novella, the scene at the mill can be read as an act of wish-fulfilment, achieved in defiance of all the laws of reason and physics. To create it, El-Mohtar has a river reverse its course. More radically still, she brings a young woman back from the dead to tell her own story. The narrative, in other words, accommodates the desires invoked by the Professors, whose twisted shapes remind you of ‘something, or someone, you’ve lost – something, or someone, you would break the world to have again’ (p. 3). Fantastic fiction allows us to break the world and remake it in the shape of our desires and dreams. In the process it enriches those desires and dreams, giving them a kind of substance, allowing us to imagine that they might become embodied in some way we could never have envisaged without its help, and by that means bringing them closer to embodiment. Creating a safe and prosperous Palestine requires that the world be broken apart and reassembled in a better shape. With her book, which breaks apart so many narratives and reconstructs them in the form of a small utopia, El-Mohtar offers us a glimpse of what such a world might look like.

NOTES

[1] All references are to Amal El-Mohtar, The River Has Roots (London: Arcadia, 2025).

[2] Running, of course, does not always have positive connotations. El-Mohtar’s novella is as concerned with the tendency of violence and misogyny to rear their heads in successive eras as it is with the irrepressible nature of resistance. ‘She runs, she ran, she will run again’ could as easily refer to running in fear as running for the sheer joy of it.

[3] ‘As Esther and Ysabel grew, as singing became their favourite pastime, they began to play with adding new material to their repertoire’ (p. 9).

[4] The same phrase is used earlier by Esther to describe Pollard, urging Ysabel to ‘demand better’ than this ‘crumb’ (p. 32).

[5] ‘I don’t think it’s grammar,’ Rin says of the chicken’s longevity, ‘I think she’s just happy there’ (p. 34).

[6] Pollard’s resistance to understanding the world in terms of these transformations is signalled by Esther’s comparison of him to a ‘crumb’ (p. 32): what is left over after the bread has undergone all the rest of its changes, without enough substance to satisfy the needs of the bread’s makers.

[7] In addition, the rings are literally made from parts of themselves, having been crafted by Rin from strands of the lovers’ hair.

[8] The refrain of the poem goes:

Come away, O human child!
To the waters and the wild
With a faery, hand in hand,
For the world’s more full of weeping than you can understand.

[9] See Rosemary Jackson, Fantasy: The Literature of Subversion (London and New York: Routledge, f.p. 1981, reprinted 2003), pp. 3-4.

[10] ‘Crossroads and Coins: Naomi Mitchison’s Travel Light’, NPR, January 1, 2014.

[11] El-Mohtar’s delight in riddles perhaps reflects her love of The Hobbit, which famously contains a chapter called ‘Riddles in the Dark’. As I wrote this essay I kept thinking of Adam Roberts’s fine discussion of Tolkien’s work, The Riddles of The Hobbit (Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan, 2013), which identifies fantasy in general, not just the histories of Arda, as a genre obsessed with riddling.

[12] See Christina Hazboun, ‘Don’t Leave: Reviving the folk songs of Palestinian Women’, Middle East Eye, 21 December, 2021.

[13] My edition was published in 2024 by And Other Stories.

Sir Philip Sidney: Unsettling Fantasies of Desire and Reason

Sir Philip Sidney, from an original of c. 1576

[I’m a passionate admirer of Sir Philip Sidney, not because I think he was a ‘good man’ – none of his male protagonists is unambiguously ‘good’ – but because he was a consummate artist. His verse is masterly, but it’s his prose that really blows me away. No-one writes remotely like him; he invented a dialect of his own, devised as a means of getting to grips with a world he didn’t feel part of, despite – or probably because of – his privileged upbringing. That’s also why I consider him an early writer of fantasy, since he thought of poetry as fiction, inventing things that never were and never could be except within the circuit of the human mind. If I ever write my history of early modern fantasy, Sidney will have a prominent place in it; not just because of his prose romance the Arcadia, which reimagines the Mediterranean as an erotic wonderland full of magic and confusion, but because of his astonishing essay on the imagination, the Apology or Defence of Poetry, which I edited in 2002. His prose isn’t easy to get to grips with, especially in the Arcadia, but it’s well worth acclimatising oneself to it; his richly parenthetical syntax shimmers and morphs as you scan each sentence. I wrote this essay for The Encyclopaedia of English Renaissance Literature, ed. Alan Stewart and Garrett Sullivan, 3 vols. (Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell, 2012), vol. 3, pp. 883-90.]

For many, Sir Philip Sidney (1554-1586) encapsulates the English Renaissance.  Poet, thinker, politician, soldier, lover, would-be explorer, almost a prince; eager to forge new things – new states, military alliances, works of art, political and poetic theories – with material quarried from the past; he was an energetic bundle of contradictions, who set the seal on his reputation by having the grace to die young, before his potential could be undermined by compromise.  No cleverer, wittier or more self-critical writer worked in Elizabethan England, and none for whom the notion of contradiction itself was more integral to his or her art.

Sidney’s greatest works concern themselves with two particular forms of contradiction.  The first is the ungainly fusion of reason and emotion (‘passion’) that makes itself manifest in all human enterprises.  The second, closely allied to the first, is the gap between theory and practice discernible in every human activity. For Sidney, most early modern thought, and the formal arts or sciences into which it organized itself, failed to take adequate account of these inescapable facts.  The one art that courageously acknowledged the awkward disparity between the rational principles by which men and women claim to govern their actions and the passion-fuelled rashness that continually overwhelms their commitment to those principles was the verbal art he called poesie (poetry): a process of composing beautiful fictions – in verse, prose or theatrical performance – that engage both the reason and the emotions of their recipients in such a way as to encourage them radically to modify their behaviour in response to its seductive intelligence.  The power of Sidney’s poetic writings stems from his conviction that good poetry has a direct effect on people’s lives, along with his equally strong conviction that chance and the emotions ensure that its impact is never quite what the poet intends.  And the combined wit, melancholy and cleverness with which he articulates these convictions have won him admirers in every generation since his heroically premature death.

Benjamin West, the death of Sir Philip Sidney at the Battle of Zutphen (1806)

Sidney’s awareness of the gap between theory and practice was brought home to him by the gulf that opened up between the glorious future which his birth and education led him to expect and the frustrations of his actual political career.  Alan Stewart’s life of Sidney – one of two outstanding biographies to have been published in recent years (Duncan-Jones 1992; Stewart 2000) – alludes to this gulf in its subtitle, ‘A double life’: a phrase that invokes the very different views of Sidney entertained by the politicians, thinkers and artists of continental Europe, who saw him as a future major player in international affairs, and by the English queen, Elizabeth I, who saw him as a potential troublemaker, a hot-headed youth who must be kept on a tight rein if he were not to become the catalyst for unwelcome and possibly dangerous developments in domestic politics.  Sidney came of quasi-royal blood on his mother’s side.  His grandfather and uncle had been executed for plotting to seize the English throne, while two of his surviving uncles, Robert and Ambrose Dudley, respectively the earls of Leicester and Warwick, were among the most powerful peers of the realm (and for much of his life Philip was heir to both these uncles).  His father was Lord Deputy of Ireland, Queen Elizabeth’s representative in her most troublesome colony.  Young Philip’s education was designed to prepare him for the high office this lineage should have secured for him.  Instead, it found its richest outlet in the literary works for which he became celebrated – to his own surprise, as he tells us in his Defense of poesie, or Apologie for poetrie.  Sidney ‘slipped into the title of a poet’, he claims, more or less by accident, because Elizabeth declined to give him any more worthwhile employment.  But in the process he elevated the status of English poetry to an unprecedented level, and demonstrated its potential for articulating complex thoughts and feelings to a degree unmatched by any of his contemporaries except perhaps Edmund Spenser.

The highlights of Sidney’s career all involved visits to the Continent.  The climax of his education was a grand tour of Europe, begun in 1572 when he was only seventeen, during which he made friends with dignitaries and scholars from Italy to Germany, from Antwerp to Vienna, Kraców and Budapest.  In the course of this tour he showed his independence of mind, frequently ignoring the orders of his elders and heading off on unauthorized journeys with a few young companions.  He witnessed the St Bartholomew’s Day Massacre in Paris, when hundreds of Protestants were slaughtered by Catholic soldiers and civilians – an experience that stayed with him for ever; and he forged lifelong bonds, most notably with the French diplomat Hubert Languet, who became his mentor till the older man’s death in 1581.  He also acquired an astonishing reputation for intellect, eloquence, courtesy, courage, political good judgment and diplomacy – a reputation that lasted the rest of his life, with Protestant writers of all nations dedicating their works to him, and leaders of every religious persuasion seeking him out when they needed a reliable advocate in England.

Memorial to Sir Philip Sidney at Zutphen, by Gustaaf van Kalken (1913)

His first official duty came in 1577, when he was appointed Elizabeth’s special envoy to the Holy Roman Emperor Rudolf II, and the Elector Palatine Ludwig VI.  On this expedition to Heidelberg, Prague and Middelburg, Sidney took up the role expected of him by his European friends, as one of the chief proponents of a pan-European Protestant alliance.  In the process he caught the attention of the elector’s brother, Johann Casimir, on whose behalf Philip later received a knighthood-by-proxy from Elizabeth I, and of William the Silent, prince of Orange, who wanted Philip to marry his daughter – a marriage that would effectively have made the young man a prince.  The embassy was a success, and consolidated Philip’s Europe-wide reputation as a negotiator of great promise; but he was not permitted by the queen to follow up on these negotiations personally – perhaps because she did not trust him to pursue her agenda, as opposed to the more militantly Protestant agenda of his uncle the earl of Leicester and future father-in-law Sir Francis Walsingham.

On his return from the embassy, there followed a time of relative political inactivity when Philip’s career seemed to stagnate.  It was during this period (between 1577 and 1585) that his great literary works were composed, though none can be precisely dated and none were published in his lifetime.   In addition, he earned a reputation as a masterful deviser of courtly entertainments such as jousts, short plays, and allegorical performances.  The full text of one play remains, a pastoral called The Lady of May (c. 1578), whose plot (concerning rivalry between a shepherd and a forester for the hand of a young countrywoman) may have been designed to persuade Elizabeth I to reconsider her prospective marriage to the Catholic Duke of Anjou.  In 1579 he took the daring step of writing an open letter to Elizabeth detailing his objections to the same potential match, and this letter became one of his most widely-circulated compositions; its restrained but forceful tone and elegant reasoning made it a model to many of good counsel aptly delivered.  That year, too, his reputation as a literary figure was established by Spenser’s dedication to him of his hugely influential pastoral poem The Shepheardes Calender, which describes Sidney as ‘most worthy of all titles both of learning and chevalrie’ (Oram 1989, 2).  The following year a published letter from Spenser to his friend Gabriel Harvey (Grosart 1884, vol. 1, p. 7) drew the world’s attention to Sidney’s remarkably successful attempts to write English verse in classical metre, an interest he shared with the poet Edward Dyer, his best friend and most influential mentor after Languet.  By 1580, then, Sidney had been ‘outed’ as a cutting-edge poet, and he claims to have written his Defense of poesie partly in response to this unsolicited exposure.

Lady Mary Sidney Herbert by Nicholas Hilliard (c. 1590)

Another ally Sidney had in his self-fashioning as a writer was his sister Mary Sidney Herbert, Countess of Pembroke, for whose entertainment he wrote the first version of his great pastoral romance, the Arcadia – parts of which he composed in her two homes, Wilton House and Ivychurch – and who seems to have encouraged him to pursue a range of other ambitious literary projects.  A number of these – most notably the second, longer version of the Arcadia, and several religious translations, including a verse paraphrase of the Psalms – remained unfinished when Sidney was offered the second of his major public appointments.  This was as Governor of Flushing, one of two strategically important towns handed over to the English by the Dutch in exchange for financial and military support in their struggle against the imperial might of Spain.  Soon after his appointment, his uncle the earl of Leicester was made General of the English forces in the Netherlands, having finally persuaded Elizabeth to take action in the face of Spanish expansionism.  It was under Leicester’s command that Sidney led two or three skirmishes against Spanish forces, in the last of which, outside the town of Zutphen, he was fatally wounded.  His funeral procession in 1587 was one of the most lavish to be mounted in Elizabethan times, and ironically showed that Sidney had finally achieved recognition in his own country for the talents and potential that had for so long been celebrated on the mainland.

Afterwards, a number of friends and admirers set about consolidating his reputation.  His school friend the poet Fulke Greville supervised the publication of the revised Arcadia in 1590.  The year after, the brilliant pamphleteer Thomas Nashe published an unauthorized edition of Astrophil and Stella; and later his sister Mary completed his paraphrase of the Psalms and issued what was in effect the authorized edition of his Works (the 1598 edition of the Arcadia, which included his poetry and literary criticism).  Thanks to the efforts of these and other enthusiasts, the 1590s became the decade in which he ‘dominated literary culture’ (Alexander 2006, p. xix), and he remained one of the most powerful influences on English poetry and prose fiction until the outbreak of the Civil War.

Sir Philip Sidney’s lavish funeral

Given the frustrations and disappointments of his political career, it is hardly surprising that Sidney’s great works are all concerned with some form of entrapment.  His sonnet sequence, Astrophil and Stella, takes for its subject the familiar Petrarchan situation of a male lover infatuated with an unattainable woman, married to someone else; but its engagement with the lover’s mounting desperation – his intense need for physical expression of his desire and mounting rage at the stifling conventions that prevent that fulfilment, traced over a span of more than a hundred lyric poems – had no precedent in English verse.  His prose romance the Arcadia takes for its protagonists (in the first version, the so-called Old Arcadia, finished in about 1580) a pair of young princes embarked on the heroic equivalent of Sidney’s own grand tour of Europe, a tour on which they seize every opportunity to build up a reputation for martial brilliance, political acumen and moral probity.  But while heading home in triumph, the young men fall in love with two more seemingly unattainable women, daughters of a duke who has withdrawn from public life in response to a threatening prophecy.  Abruptly the princes’ tour grinds to a halt, and they find themselves trapped in the woodlands of Arcadia, anchored by their unfulfilled desire to the narrow bounds of the duke’s rural retreat, and forced to adopt humiliatingly comic disguises (as a female warrior and a shepherd) to get close to the women they love – while the same disguises make it impossible for them to communicate their love in a straightforward manner.  The meticulous construction of this romance – its neat division into five books or acts, each filled with virtuoso performances in verse and separated from the following act by a dazzling collection of pastoral eclogues – serves as much to replicate the princes’ dilemma as to demonstrate Sidney’s artistic versatility.  The time and skill they lavish on their verbal outpourings are the products of enforced idleness – theirs and Sidney’s – and many of the poems in the narrative articulate the melancholy that arises from a prolonged sojourn in an emotional, intellectual and political cul-de-sac.

In the revised version of the Arcadia (now known as the New Arcadia, to distinguish it from the Old, and written between 1580 and 1585), frustration is given a concrete form in the shape of Cecropia’s castle: the stronghold to which the Duke’s daughters are confined by the evil enchantress Cecropia and her son Amphialus, and from which the two young heroes of the first version must struggle to free them – a struggle left hanging in mid-sentence, aptly enough in the middle of a swordfight, by Sidney’s violent death.  The great prison scenes of this second version of the Arcadia, where the two princesses engage in verbal combat with the atheist Cecropia in the face of physical and psychological torture, mirror the scenes of hand-to-hand combat outside the castle walls, where talented and beautiful young men gouge and disembowel one another while fighting for a cause that could have been resolved by rational diplomacy.  Inside and outside the castle, virtue must undergo Herculean labours to define itself against the inner and outer turmoil that surrounds it.  The impasse in which Sidney’s characters find themselves is summarized, in the unfinished third book of the romance, in three successive acts of self-slaughter.  After her husband’s death, the devoted wife Parthenia effectively kills herself by donning armour and challenging his killer, the invincible Amphialus, to single combat.  Cecropia, made clumsy by her own bad conscience, tumbles off the castle roof; and Amphialus stabs himself in shame at his dishonourable conduct towards the woman he loves, the princess Philoclea.  At the point when he left off writing the revised Arcadia, Sidney had woven passion and reason into a labyrinth so intricate that for these characters, at least, only death seemed to offer a way out.  He had written them into a dead end, so to speak, and later writers have repeatedly attempted to invent a plausible escape route from it for the surviving characters (Alexander 2006, chapter 8).

Even Sidney’s work of literary theory, the Defense of Poesie or Apologie for Poetrie (c. 1579-1581) – the greatest critical essay of the English Renaissance – professes to be the product of entrapment and frustration.  The essay, as meticulously organized as the first version of the Arcadia, begins by making a resonant case for poetry as the most powerful of the arts.  Sidney’s definition of poesie as fiction of all kinds, not just verse – conveniently ignoring all imaginative writing that treats historical or scientific subjects – liberates it from the need to make slavish copies of real things, events and people, so that it can imagine perfection (a perfect world, a perfect person, a perfect deed) more completely than any other branch of the arts or sciences.  And once perfection has been imagined, the poet’s willingness to appeal to the emotions as well as the intellect in his speech, together with his mastery of the full musical and mimetic power of the language he uses, enables him to persuade his readers better than anyone else to imitate the perfect people and actions he has created for them.  The poet, then – and in this work he is always male, although the princesses in Arcadia are accomplished poets – is the most independent, ambitious and effective of thinkers and speakers, and Sidney signals his limitless potential by using the vocabulary of freedom to describe his activities.  It was his ‘high flying liberty of conceit’ that made the Romans believe the poet to have a direct link to heaven – circumventing earthly authorities – and so dub him vates: a prophet.  The poet disdains to be ‘tied to any… subjection’, such as the necessity to describe only what has really happened, instead ‘freely ranging… within the zodiac of his own wit’.  He has every conceivable subject under the authority of his pen, which makes him a prince of the mind, not beholden to any earthly prince – unlike his closest rivals, the historian and the philosopher, whom Sidney presents as deeply vulnerable to the figures of power who patronize or oversee their labours.

But the poet is not just princely; he is also seductive.  He woos, flatters and cajoles his readers into loving his representations of virtue and repudiating his images of vice.  ‘He cometh to you,’ Sidney effuses in the essay’s most celebrated passage, ‘with words set in delightful proportion, either accompanied with, or prepared for, the well enchanting skill of music; and with a tale forsooth he cometh unto you, with a tale which holdeth children from play, and old men from the chimney corner’.  As the last sentence implies, he can address himself with equal ease to the immature and the aged, and stimulate every generation into ‘virtuous action’ – which Sidney sees as the ultimate goal of the arts and sciences, ‘the ending end of all earthly knowledge’.  The imagined societies of poets can, according to Sidney, have a material impact – even a revolutionary one – on how actual societies are run.  Yet real-life rulers do not find themselves offended by the poet’s daring and influential inventions, because the verbal garments in which he clothes them are so beguilingly attractive, and because they lay no claim to veracity, removing themselves from any pretension to legal, political or social status, and concealing their energy and fruitfulness beneath an elaborate fictive disguise.  Throughout the Defense, in fact, Sidney associates poetry with music, good food and beautiful clothing, both feminizing it and insisting on the unsuspected force it can unleash, thus setting it up as an alternative power system to the predominantly patriarchal culture of early modern Europe.

In theory, then, the courageous, tricky and alluring poet should be immune to the frustrations that dogged Sidney’s career as politician, diplomat and soldier.  But as the Defense goes on, Sidney makes it clear that the ideal poetry does not at present exist; and that England in particular has made itself inimical to such poetry by depriving its inhabitants of the chance to practise ‘virtuous action’ such as the poets aim to promote, since the nation is currently lounging in the ‘overfaint quietness’ of a protracted peace.  This argument has often been taken as an implicit rebuke to Elizabeth I and her Privy Council, who fiercely resisted the efforts of the political faction to which Sidney belonged – a league of activist English Protestants led by his uncle, the earl of Leicester – to persuade her to intervene in the religious wars in Continental Europe.  Ironically, England’s quietism is what generates Sidney’s Defense, which conjures up an ideal poetry that can only exist if that quietism is laid aside – an event that will prompt Sidney himself to lay aside the pen and take up the sword.  This paradox serves to stress once again the gap between theory and practice, the ideal and the contingencies of human experience, that lies at the heart of all Sidney’s literary writings.

Isaac Oliver, Young Man Seated Under a Tree (1590-1595)

Sidney’s Astrophil and Stella – the first extended sonnet sequence in English, which inaugurated a flurry of remarkable experiments with the form on its publication in 1591 – plays multiple variations on the subject of this gap, as well as on the fusion of reason and emotion in human beings that helps to occasion it.  The sequence presents itself as the product of an irresistible pressure – the pressure of desire – which diverts the poet-lover Astrophil from the political and military career for which his education has prepared him and into a protracted struggle to find a social and intellectual rationale for his obsession with an initially indifferent married woman: an obsession which can have no practical value for either of its principals, and for which he finally fails to find any consistent justification.  His failure, however, results in one of the most complex character studies of the Renaissance: that of a highly educated, politically astute, immensely eloquent soldier-courtier locked in an emotional state that puts him at odds with the cultural values to which he has given his theoretical assent.  To articulate his position he has recourse not exclusively to the trained mind, the organ of reason which he has been taught to privilege above all others, nor to the authoritative books recommended by his teachers (one thinks of the reading lists offered to Sidney by his mentor Languet), but to his own experience and emotions, as enshrined in the heart.  ‘Look in thy heart and write,’ Love famously directs him in the first sonnet, and this concentration of the intellectual activity of writing on the most potent of physical urges produces some wonderfully compressed articulations of the paradoxes at the core of Elizabethan social life.

Sonnet 67 is a fine example:

Hope, art thou true, or dost thou flatter me?
Doth Stella now begin with piteous eye
The ruins of her conquest to espy;
Will she take time, before all wrackèd be?
Her eyes’ speech is translated thus by thee:
But fail’st thou not, in phrase so heavenly-high?
Look on again, the fair text better try;
What blushing notes dost thou in margin see?
What sighs stol’n out, or killed before full born?
Hast thou found such, and such-like arguments?
Or art thou else to comfort me forsworn?
Well, how so thou interpret the contents,
I am resolved thy error to maintain,
Rather than by more truth to get more pain.

Here Stella becomes the book her lover Astrophil is studying, which competes with the serious books his elders would have him read, and like them contains ‘heavenly-high’ phrases – language well worth decoding, in Astrophil’s judgement.  But what is in this book and what he wants from it seem to be two quite different things.  Part of what makes Stella attractive to him (as he insisted in earlier sonnets, such as 25) is her virtue – her strict adherence to a conventional moral order – in which case any ‘pity’ she takes on him, as a married woman, will fundamentally alter his opinion of her.   Yet pity is just what Astrophil craves.  In the world of chivalric romance to which the whole sonnet sequence pays ironic homage, a woman takes ‘pity’ on her lover when she grants him favours – above all, when she makes love to him – and Astrophil is tormented by the urgency of his desire to share her bed.  The sexual implications of the word ‘piteous’ in line 2 are confirmed by the question ‘Will she take time?’ in line 4, which alludes to the ancient carpe diem theme: seize the day, grab the opportunity, take the chance when it presents itself; in other words, have sex now, because life is short and will pass with appalling suddenness.  And the first quatrain implies that Astrophil’s personified ‘Hope’ has made him think she might indeed be willing to take time with him, despite all the odds stacked against it.

Nicholas Hilliard, Unknown Man (c. 1600)

But the first quatrain is also clearly a wish-fulfilment fantasy on the part of Astrophil.  It begins with a question, the first of several, concerning the truth of Hope’s interpretation of the text written in Stella’s eyes; and all the later questions in the sonnet confirm the inadequacy of that allegorical figure as a reader of her demanding style.  ‘Fail’st thou not?’ he asks Hope – meaning ‘in your interpretation of Stella’ – and receives no answer to his requests for further proof of her pity: blushes and sighs, for instance, which might act as explanatory notes in the ‘margin’ of her spoken and unspoken utterances, unveiling their emotional subtext.  Astrophil’s Hope, then, is a fiction that generates fictions; and very different fictions from the ideal poetry described in the Apology, whose ‘ending end’ was to inspire its readers to ‘virtuous action’.  Astrophil wants action, but not the virtuous kind; he wants to sleep with a married woman.  And he has no real interest in an accurate translation of the book of Stella.  At the end of the sonnet he substitutes the continued ‘Hope’ of sleeping with her for any unwelcome ‘truth’ that a close reading of her text would force upon him.  This sonnet, whose compressed form demands that we read it closely, ends with a refusal of close reading, and in doing so acknowledges the extent to which we let our desire-fuelled fantasies dictate what we see and hear.

The language of chivalric romance returns, in the penultimate line, with Astrophil’s declaration that he will ‘maintain’ any error or lie of which his Hope may be guilty (‘forsworn’ in line 11 means having sworn that a falsehood is true).   In romance, the notion of ‘maintaining’ an assertion is linked with the custom that a knight should fight to ‘maintain’ his lady’s honour, or to uphold his irrational conviction that her beauty is supreme.  Customs like these are part of what made romance a suspect genre in Elizabethan England; and Astrophil’s perverse adherence to the problematic code of chivalry would clearly have confirmed some Elizabethan readers’ disapproval of him, since he aims to ‘maintain’ not merely an acknowledged falsehood but one that will damage his lady’s reputation: that she might be willing to forgo her honour to relieve his sexual suffering.  Astrophil has deliberately set up, in other words, an alternative system of values to compete with the socially accepted morality to which Stella is committed; and it would suit him if he could convince her that his moral code is superior to hers.  But first he must convince himself, and what makes Astrophil such an attractively complex character is the clarity with which he sees that he is self-deceived, building castles in the air which could collapse at the first assault of any close analysis or rational argument.

Early modern armour at Kelvingrove Museum, Glasgow

There’s a wider implication, though, behind Astrophil’s self-deception.  Stubborn adherence to a wilfully wrong-headed reading of a translated text becomes heresy when that text is the Bible; and Sidney inhabited a Europe full of warring religious factions, each of which insisted that the other factions’ readings of the Scriptures, and the codes of conduct that sprang from them, constituted heresy.  In this environment, the very notion of ‘virtue’ was contested, and every religious group harboured the hope of converting the rest of Europe to its own way of thinking, through strenuous evangelism – or of course through conquest.  Doubtless not all the followers of every faction felt fully convinced of the truth of the cause they fought for.  Astrophil’s reliance on a probably fictional Hope, then, and his determination to maintain that fiction, is not peculiar to himself alone; he shares it with his conflicted fellow Europeans.  And in presenting us with Astrophil’s predicament Sidney has painted a speaking picture of the predicament of early modern Europe, where he himself would soon be killed in a religious conflict.

We should dislike Astrophil in this sonnet, yet he makes many readers like him.  The same might be said of the prince-protagonists of Sidney’s Arcadia.  Their self-confessed self-entrapment in a vicious course of action – that of deceiving the women they claim to love more than themselves, a deception that culminates (in the case of one prince-protagonist, and in the first version only) in attempted rape – makes them somehow attractive, precisely because they are so tormented by their situation, and articulate this torment in such exquisitely crafted periods of verse and prose.  In Astrophil and Stella and the Old Arcadia Sidney presents us not with the ideal poetry of the Apology, but with an honest expression of agonizing yet beautiful dishonesty, which itself represents a kind of literary ideal.  A writer who can, in his fiction, analyse the complex dilemmas and compromises faced by fictional individuals and states with such precision would be, one cannot help thinking, a brilliant analyst of the real-life dilemmas and compromises which face actual governments and their subjects – though whether he would be as able to find a way out of such dilemmas as he is to analyse them is a moot point (in the Old Arcadia the princes are at last extricated from their predicament not by virtuous action but by chance).  In any case, it seems reasonable to assume that Sidney would have been pleased to think of his less-than-ideal fictions as a way of demonstrating his wasted talent as a potential leader.

But in one of his literary works, at least, he created an ideal fiction of the kind he describes in the Apology.  In Book 3 of the New Arcadia, Princess Pamela and her sister Philoclea languish in the castle of the wicked Cecropia, who wants one of them to marry her son Amphialus – another flawed but attractive prince.  In the most celebrated passage in the book, Pamela defends herself against this forced marriage by arguing for an uncompromising adherence to virtue.  She then argues for the primacy of virtue by proving the existence of a benevolent God, demonstrates the existence of God by reference to the beauty of the richly diverse world beyond the walls of her prison, and thereby displays her own mental freedom from the physical prison in which she is confined.  Out of the trap of her confinement, both as a prisoner and as a woman in an aggressively patriarchal culture, Pamela succeeds in ranging freely through the ‘zodiac of her mind’, as the Apology puts it, and transforms the real world she inhabits into a golden one, despite all the efforts of Cecropia to darken it: ‘perfect order, perfect beauty, perfect constancy,’ the princess declares, ‘if these be the children of chance, or fortune the efficient [cause] of these, let wisdom be counted the root of wickedness and eternity the fruit of her inconstancy’.  This courageous, intelligent and articulate woman fails to convince Cecropia, despite all Sidney’s fine words about verbal persuasiveness in the Apology; but she had a huge impact on English readers for generations.  She helped inspire the first English female writer of prose fiction, Sidney’s niece Mary Wroth, to produce an ambitious romance of her own, Urania; was reputedly quoted by a monarch, Charles I, en route to his execution; and lent her name to one of the most influential novels of the eighteenth century, Samuel Richardson’s Pamela.  To modify the claim he made for Xenophon’s fictional Cyrus in the Apology, Sidney ‘bestowed a Pamela upon the world to make many Pamelas’.  And in doing so he demonstrated the validity of what he claimed in his famous work of theory: that poetry in verse and prose can make things happen, either by changing the world or by making us more intensely aware of what is in it.

REFERENCES AND SUGGESTED READINGS:

Alexander, Gavin (2006) Writing After Sidney: the Literary Response to Sir Philip Sidney 1586-1640. Oxford University Press, Oxford.

Buxton, John (1987) Sir Philip Sidney and the English Renaissance, 3rd edition.  Macmillan, London.

Davis, Walter R., & Lanham, Richard A. (1965) Sidney’s Arcadia.  Yale University Press, New Haven. 

Duncan-Jones, Katherine (1991) Sir Philip Sidney, Courtier Poet.  Hamish Hamilton, London.

Duncan-Jones, Katherine (ed.) (1989) Sidney, Sir Philip, Sir Philip Sidney. The Oxford Authors.  Oxford University Press, Oxford.

Grosart, Alexander B. (ed.) (1884)  Harvey, Gabriel, The Works of Gabriel Harvey, D.C.L.  3 vols.  The Huth Library, London and Aylesbury. 

Kay, Dennis (ed.) (1987) Sir Philip Sidney: an Anthology of Modern Criticism.  Clarendon Press, Oxford.

Kinney, Arthur F. (ed.) (1988) Sidney in Retrospect.  University of Massachusetts Press, Amherst.

Hamilton, A. C. (1977) Sir Philip Sidney: a Study of his Life and Works.  Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.

McCoy, Richard C. (1979) Sir Philip Sidney: Rebellion in Arcadia.  Rutgers University Press, New Brunswick.

Oram, William A., et al. (ed.) (1989).  Spenser, Edmund, The Yale Edition of the Shorter Poems of Edmund Spenser.  Yale University Press, New Haven and London.

Shepherd, Geoffrey (ed,), Maslen, R.W. (rev.) (2002) Sidney, Sir Philip An Apology For Poetry or The Defense of Poesie, 3rd edition. Manchester University Press, Manchester.

Skretkowicz, Victor (ed) (1987). Sidney, Sir Philip, The Countess of Pembroke’s Arcadia (The New Arcadia), ed. Clarendon Press, Oxford.

Stillman, Robert E. (2008) Philip Sidney and the Poetics of Renaissance Cosmopolitanism.  Ashgate, Aldershot.

Stewart, Alan (2000) Philip Sidney: a Double Life.  Chatto and Windus, London.

Waller, Gary F., & Moore, Michael D. (eds.) (1984) Sir Philip Sidney and the Interpretation of Renaissance Culture.  Croom Helm, Beckenham.